Preface, Contents
System Overview 1
Hardware Description and
Commissioning 2
Function Description 3
Overview of System Integration 4
Centrally in SIMATIC S7–300 5
Distributed Link to
SIMATIC S7/C7/PCS 7 6
Serial Link 7
Description of the Data Records 8
Optional Components 9
SIWATOOL - Description and Use 10
Error Diagnostics and Treatment 11
Technical Specifications 12
Sales/Hotline/Repairs/
Replacement Parts/Training/
Internet 13
Index
Release 06/2005
Weighing Electronics
Equipment Manual
SIWAREX M
SIMATIC and SIWAREX are registered trademarks of SIEMENS AG.
This manual contains notices which you should observe to ensure your own personal safety,
as well as to protect the product and connected equipment. These notices are highlighted in
the manual by a warning triangle and are marked as follows according to the level of danger:
!Danger
indicates that death, severe personal injury or substantial property damage will result if proper
precautions are not taken.
!Warning
indicates that death, severe personal injury or substantial property damage can result if proper
precautions are not taken.
!Caution
indicates that minor personal injury or property damage can result if proper precautions are not
taken.
Caution
No warning triangle means that property damage may occur if proper precautions are not taken.
Notice
NOTICE used without the safety alert symbol indicates a potential situation which, if not
avoided, may result in an undesireable result or state.
Only qualified personnel should be allowed to install and work on this equipment. Quali-
fied persons are defined as persons who are authorized to commission, to ground, and to tag
circuits, equipment, and systems in accordance with established safety practices and stan-
dards.
Note the following:
!Warning
This device and its components may only be used for the applications described in the catalog
or the technical description, and only in connection with devices or components from other
manufacturers which have been approved or recommended by Siemens.
This product can only function correctly and safely if it is transported, stored, set up, and
installed correctly, and operated and maintained as recommended.
We have checked the contents of this manual for agreement with the hard-
ware and software described. Since deviations cannot be precluded en-
tirely, we cannot guarantee full agreement. However, the data in this ma-
nual are reviewed regularly and any necessary corrections included in
subsequent editions. Suggestions for improvement are welcomed.
Technical data subject to change.
Disclaimer of Liability
The reproduction, transmission or use of this document or its contents is not
permitted without express written authority. Offenders will be liable for
damages. All rights, including rights created by patent grant or registration
of a utility model or design, are reserved.
Editor: A&D SE ES4
Publisher: A&D PI 14
Siemens AG 2005 All rights reserved
Safety Guidelines
Qualified Personnel
Correct Usage
i
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Preface
This manual is part of the documentation for the SIWAREX M weighing mo-
dule.
Users will find all information needed to handle the SIWAREX M.
Installation and commissioning personnel will find all information needed
to install and commission the SIWAREX M.
The complete documentation package includes the following manuals.
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
Catalog
SIWAREX M, firmware version 0122 and later
SIMATIC S7/C7 configuration package
(order no. 7MH4 583-3FA64)
The operation of SIWAREX M with SIMATIC S5 is not any longer supported
in accordance with product run-off plan for SIMATIC S5.
Purpose
Complete
documentation
package
Hardware and
software
prerepuisites for
this manual
ii SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Preface
iii
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table of Contents
1 System Overview 1-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1 Introduction 1-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.2 Setup and Components of a Weighing Machine 1-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3 Weighing Functions 1-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.4 Fill Level Scales 1-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.5 Single-Component Scales 1-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.6 Multi-Component Scales 1-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.7 Scales for Potentially Explosive Areas 1-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.8 Other Types of Scales 1-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 Hardware Description and Commissioning 2-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1 Installing the SIWAREX M 2-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1.1 Settings 2-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1.2 Mounting the Module on the Rail 2-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2 Connection and Wiring 2-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2.1 Front Plug Connector (X1) 2-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2.2 Load Cells (X1) 2-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2.3 Digital Outputs (X1) 2-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2.4 Digital Inputs (X1) 2-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2.5 Analog Output (X1) 2-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2.6 RS 232C Interface (X2) 2-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2.7 TTY Interface (X3) 2-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3 Preparing the SIWAREX M for Operation 2-20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4 Assigning Parameters 2-22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5 Preparation and Certification of Scales Subject to Verification 2-24. . . . . . . . .
3 Function Description 3-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1 A/D Conversion (Measured Value Acquisition) 3-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2 Digital Filtering 3-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3 Weight Calculation and Adjustment 3-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.4 Digit Increment 3-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5 Setting to Zero/Automatic Zero Offset 3-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6 Taring 3-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.7 Limit Values/Empty Message 3-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.8 Standstill Monitoring 3-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
iv SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
3.9 Fill Weighing/Deduction Weighing (Proportioning Functions) 3-23. . . . . . . . . . .
3.10 Inching Mode 3-27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.11 Automatic Reproportioning 3-28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.12 Time Monitoring 3-30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.13 Material Flow Monitoring 3-31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.14 Monitoring the Proportioning: Coarse and Fine Flow Phase 3-32. . . . . . . . . . .
3.15 Optimization of the Fine Flow Switchoff Value 3-33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.16 Operational Reliability 3-38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.17 Storing the Parameter Data 3-39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.18 Special Functions 3-41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.18.1 Parameterization Function for Digital Inputs/Outputs 3-43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.18.2 Analog Output 3-47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4 Overview of System Integration 4-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1 System Integration 4-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5 Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300 5-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1 Introduction 5-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.1 Hardware Prerequisites 5-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.2 Scope of Delivery 5-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2 Parameterizing the SIWAREX M Module 5-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.3 Communication Principle 5-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.4 DB-SIWAREX, DB-ARB and DB-VECTOR 5-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.5 Function Description of FC SIWA-M 5-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.5.1 Calling the Function Block 5-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.5.2 Parameters of the Function Block 5-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.5.3 Indication Word 5-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.5.4 Description of the Bits of the Indication Word (IND) 5-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.5.5 EN/ENO Mechanism 5-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.5.6 How the FC SIWA-M Functions 5-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.6 Reporting of Asynchronous Errors 5-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.7 Assignment of SIWAREX-DB Data Block 5-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.8 Background Processing 5-29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.9 Startup Behavior 5-30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.10 Alarm Processing 5-30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.11 Technical Data 5-32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.12 Sample Application 5-33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.12.1 Description 5-33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.12.2 Using the Sample Program 5-40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.13 Communication via the I/O Interface 5-42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table of Contents
v
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
6 Distributed Link to SIMATIC S7/C7/PCS 7 6-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.1 Distributed Link to SIMATIC S7/C7 6-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2 Distributed Link to SIMATIC PCS 7 6-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7 Serial Link 7-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.1 Data Communication with the SIWAREX M 7-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.1.1 SIWAREX Driver 7-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.1.2 3964R Driver 7-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.2 Selecting the Driver on the TTY Interface 7-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3 Selecting the Driver on the RS 232 Interface 7-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8 Description of the Data Records 8-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.1 Overview Data Records 8-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.2 Data Formats for S5/S7 8-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.3 Detailed Description of Data Records 8-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.3.1 Diagnostic Data 8-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.3.2 Setting Data (Adjustment and Setting Values) 8-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.3.3 Process Data: Weighing and Proportioning Data and Commands 8-14. . . . . .
8.3.4 Measured Values 8-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.3.5 Other Functions 8-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.3.6 Diagnostic Information 8-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.3.7 Print Layouts 8-20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.3.8 Communication 8-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 Optional Components 9-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.1 Connection of Digital Remote Displays 9-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.2 External verifiable memory 9-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.3 Printer 9-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.3.1 Connecting the Printer 9-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.3.2 Printer Functions 9-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.3.3 Print Layout 9-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.4 Ex-i Interface SIWAREX IS 9-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10 SIWATOOL - Description and Use 10-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.1 Installing SIWATOOL on PC/PG 10-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.2 Commissioning SIWAREX M with SIWATOOL 10-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.2.1 SIWATOOL Menu Tree 10-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.3 Adjustment of the Scales 10-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.4 Important Notes on Settings in SIWATOOL 10-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.5 Weighing Status and Weighing Commands 10-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.6 Proportioning Window 10-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.7 Scales Parameters 10-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table of Contents
vi SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
11 Error Diagnostics and Treatment 11-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.1 Data Errors 11-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.2 Operational Errors 11-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.3 Handling Errors 11-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.4 Internal Errors 11-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.5 External Errors 11-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.6 Other Errors 11-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12 Technical Specifications 12-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.1 Interfaces 12-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.2 Physical Requirements and Data 12-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.3 Electrical, EMC and Climatic Requirements 12-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.4 Potential Isolation 12-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13 Sales/Hotline/Repairs/Replacement Parts/Training/Internet 13-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table of Contents
vii
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Figures
1-1 SIWAREX M with the SIMATIC S7-300 1-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-2 SIWAREX M in the SIMATIC S7-300 1-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-3 The SIWAREX M as distributed periphery in the SIMATIC S7 1-5. . . . . . . . .
1-4 Representation of the SIWAREX M in the ES engineering system (left)
and on the OS operator station (right) 1-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-5 The SIWAREX M as a controller-independent field device 1-7. . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-6 Diagram of the SIWAREX M setup 1-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-7 Setup of the weighing system with a SIWAREX M 1-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-8 Single-component scales 1-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-9 Multi-component scales based on SIWAREX M + SIMATIC 1-11. . . . . . . . . . .
1-10 Scales for potentially explosive area 1-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-1 Back of the SIWAREX M 2-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-2 Shield connecting element 2-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-3 Mounting the shield terminals 2-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-4 Connection elements on the front of the SIWAREX M 2-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-5 Connection of load cells using the 6-wire technique 2-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-6 Connection of load cells using the 4-wire technique 2-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-7 Digital outputs 2-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-8 Digital inputs 2-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-9 Example of the connection of the analog output 2-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-10 Connection cable for X2 2-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-11 Location of the LEDs to be checked 2-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-12 Methods of parameter assignment for various system configurations 2-22. . .
2-13 Placement of the inspection seal and verification stamp 2-25. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1 Filtering principle 3-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-2 Adjustment procedure 3-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-3 Digit increment indication 3-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-4 Example of assigning parameters to limit values 1 to 3 3-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-5 The empty message 3-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-6 Standstill monitoring 3-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-7 Diagram of fill weighing 3-25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-8 Inching mode 3-27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-9 Automatic reproportioning when the tolerance minus limit is
underranged 3-28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-10 Monitoring proportioning (with reproportioning) 3-32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-1 Possible links to a host system 4-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-1 Transmission of weight values and the setpoint 5-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-1 Graphic circuiting of the SIWAREX M via the CFC diagram 6-4. . . . . . . . . . .
6-2 Faceplate for visualization of the SIWAREX M 6-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-1 Connection of optional components 9-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-2 Example: Connection of 3 digital remote displays to SIWAREX M 9-2. . . . .
9-3 Connection of several remote displays 9-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-4 Connection cable X2-Omniscale 9-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-5 Selection of the B protocol 9-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-6 Selection of the data to be saved 9-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-7 Printer cable 9-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-1 Dialog for setting up a new set of scales 10-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-2 Zero value and tare 10-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-3 Message when adjustment data differ 10-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-4 Dialog on scales adjustment 10-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-5 Status window of the set scales 10-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table of Contents
viii SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
10-6 Proportioning window of the set scales 10-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-7 The “Parameter” menu 10-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-8 The control panel 10-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-9 Online error report 10-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-10 SIWATOOL (version V4.1) in online operation with SIWAREX M
(version < 0117). 10-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-1 Dimensions 12-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table of Contents
ix
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Tables
2-1 Setting functions of the DIP switch 2-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-2 Rules for wiring 2-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-3 Indication elements on the front of the SIWAREX M 2-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-4 Allocation of the load cell connection 2-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-5 Assignment of the digital outputs (X1) 2-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-6 Assignment of the digital inputs 2-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-7 Assignment of the analog output 2-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-8 Components which can be connected to the RS 232C interface 2-18. . . . . . .
2-9 Cable assignment for 9-way and 25-way PC connector 2-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-10 Components which can be connected to the TTY interface 2-19. . . . . . . . . . . .
2-11 Assignment of X3 (TTY interface of the SIWAREX M) 2-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1 Data word for A/D conversion 3-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-2 Data word for digital filtering 3-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-3 Data words, commands and messages for adjustment 3-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-4 Parameters and data for digit increment 3-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-5 Parameters and data for digital increment 3-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-6 Messages and commands for the tare function 3-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-7 Limit values - special cases 3-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-8 Assigned messages and data for limit value and empty message 3-20. . . . . .
3-9 Assigned messages and data 3-22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-10 Assigned messages, data and commands 3-34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-11 Messages for fill weighing 3-36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-12 Messages which differ for deduction weighing 3-36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-13 Additional handling and data errors for setpoint change during
running proportioning procedure 3-37. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-14 Messages for the test routines 3-38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-15 Messages for storage of DR4/DR5 3-39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-16 Messages for operation with verification capability 3-40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-17 Data and messages for special functions 3-42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-18 Data and messages 3-44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-19 Selection codes for the digital inputs 3-44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-20 Data and messages 3-45. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-21 Selection codes for the digital outputs 3-46. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-22 Data and messages 3-48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-1 Data records provided by the SIWAREX M 4-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-1 Explanation of the parameters 5-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-2 Causes of errors 5-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-3 Description of the bits of the indication word 5-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-4 Causes of errors (extra information) 5-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-5 Indication word 5-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-6 Entry in the diagnostic buffer of the CPU when operational error arrives 5-18.
5-7 Local data of OB82 5-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-8 Layout of DB-SIWAREX 5-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-9 Background jobs 5-29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-10 Technical data 5-32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-11 Processing times in msec with the S7-300 5-32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-12 Processing times in msec with the S7-400 5-32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-13 I/O addresses for the sample program 5-34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-14 Inputs and outputs used 5-34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-15 Markers used (continued) 5-36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-16 Blocks used 5-37. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table of Contents
xSIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
5-17 Blocks used 5-38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-18 VAT10: Parameters and weight values from DB-SIWAREX 5-38. . . . . . . . . . . .
5-19 VAT11: Application mailboxes in DB-SIWAREX 5-39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-20 Allocation of the I/O input byte 5-43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-21 Allocation of the I/O output byte 5-44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-22 Reading the measured values 5-44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-1 Telegram layout 7-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-2 Interface data 7-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-3 Layout of the sending telegram 7-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-4 Layout of the receiving telegram 7-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-5 Parameters ot the 3964R protocol 7-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-6 Selection codes for the TTY interface 7-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-7 Data and messages 7-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-1 Data records provided by the SIWAREX M 8-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-2 Data record formats 8-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-3 Format for data and time in the SIMATIC S7 8-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-4 Diagnostic data 8-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-5 Description of DR2 8-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-6 Commands 8-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-7 Description of DR3 8-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-8 Selection code of the adjustment data (decimal specification) 8-7. . . . . . . . .
8-9 Description of DR4 8-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-10 Scales settings 8-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-11 Description of DR5 8-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-12 Proportioning parameter value 8-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-13 Description of DR6 8-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-14 Selection codes for DI 8-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-15 Selection codes for DO (decimal specification) 8-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-16 Description of DR7 8-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-17 Transmission values 8-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-18 Description of DR8 8-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-19 Type of remote display/driver 8-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-20 Description of DR9 8-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-21 Basic settings of the analog output 8-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-22 Description of DR22 8-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-23 Description of DR23 8-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-24 Description of DR24 8-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-25 Description of DR26 8-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-26 Description of DR27 8-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-27 Description of DR28 8-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-28 Description of DR29 8-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-29 Description of DR30 8-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-30 Description of DR31 8-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-31 Status information 8-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-32 Description of DR32 8-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-33 Description of DR33 8-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-34 Description of DR34 8-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-35 Description of DR35 8-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-36 Description of DR40 8-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-37 Description of DR41 8-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-38 Description of DR42 8-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-39 Description of DR43 8-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-40 Tare information 8-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table of Contents
xi
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
8-41 Description of DR51 8-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-42 Description of DR80 8-20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-43 Description of DR81 8-20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-44 Description of DR100 8-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-45 Description of DR101 8-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-46 Types of errors in acknowledgment telegrams 8-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-1 Special states 9-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-2 Pin assignment of the TTY interface on the SIWAREX M 9-4. . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-3 Selection codes for the TTY interface 9-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-4 Settings on digital remote displays 9-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-5 Representation of the decimal point positions 9-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-6 Possible settings 9-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-7 Description of the string layout 9-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-8 Character set used for display data 9-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-9 Parameterization of the RS 232 interface 9-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-10 Interface parameters 9-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-11 Pin assignment on the printer side 9-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-12 Data for print function 9-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-13 Possible fields 9-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-14 String fields 9-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-15 Labelling 9-20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-1 Representation of the weighing values based on language 10-9. . . . . . . . . . . .
10-2 Example 10-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-1 Types of errors 11-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-2 Data errors 11-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-3 Operational errors 11-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-4 Handling errors 11-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-5 Internal errors 11-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-6 External errors 11-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-7 LED allocation 11-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-8 Description of the LED states 11-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-9 Diverse errors 11-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table of Contents
xii SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table of Contents
1-1
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
System Overview
This section gives you an overview of the functions of the SIWAREX M
weighing module and a description of its integration into the system.
1
1-2 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
1.1 Introduction
The SIWAREX M is a weighing module appropriate for verification. It per-
mits complete integration of weighing and proportioning functions in the
SIMATIC.
The basic system is the SIMATIC S7-300.
Since the SIWAREX M can be expanded as desired using standard components
from the SIMATIC, SIMATIC HMI and SIMATIC NET series it provides you
with an optimal hardware and software environment in which to implement
customized solutions.
The SIWAREX M handles the execution of weighing functions and the time-
critical control of proportioning elements for proportioning scales within a
complete weighing system. The SIWAREX M can also be connected decen-
trally to a SIMATIC PCS 7 via the ET 200M modular I/O
system.
Figure 1-1 SIWAREX M with the SIMATIC S7-300
Just what is the
SIWAREX M?
Standard
components
S
y
stem Overview
1-3
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
The SIWAREX M handles the execution of all weighing functions in a pro-
cessing application.
Time-critical control of proportioning elements for proportioning scales is also
handled directly by the SIWAREX M. Since the SIWAREX M is not depen-
dent on the cycle time of the programmable controller, proportioning valves
can be shut off precisely to achieve an optimum in proportioning precision.
The SIWAREX M can be used for applications under obligation of verification
(commercial scales) as well as for potentially explosive areas (i.e., zones 1 and
2). An optional Ex-i interface ensures intrinsically safe supply of power to the
load cells.
Additional features:
S7-300 standard construction, connection technology and design
Fill level and single-component proportioning scales with EC qualification
approval for applications under obligation of verification (class III, 6000 d,
commercial scales)
High degree of measuring precision (0.01%) with a measuring value reso-
lution of up to +524,000 parts
CE, UL, CSA, FM and ISO 9001 certification
Use in the S7-300 (direct integration as FM)
Connection to SIMATIC S7/PCS 7 via ET 200M modular I/O systems
2 serial interfaces for connection of a verifiable printer, a verifiable
memory and a verifiable remote display/PC or host
4 digital outputs, 3 digital inputs, 1 analog output
Choice of parameterization methods:
– “SIWATOOL” parameter assignment software on PC under
MS-WINDOWS; direct transmission to the RS 232 interface of the
SIWAREX M
– Data block presetting entry in STEP 5/7; transmission of the data block
from the S7 CPU to SIWAREX M
Load cell interface
– Short circuit and overload-proof power supply of the load cell (max. of
180 mA)
– Detection of wire breaks on sensor, supply and measuring lines
– Load cell adjustment via software
– Intrinsically safe power supply of the load cell (option)
SIWAREX M can be replaced without having to adjust the scales again.
Operator control and monitoring via SIMATIC HMI
Data buffering during power failure
Write protection for adjustment data via calibration switch
What can the
SIWAREX M do?
S
y
stem Overview
1-4 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Integration of the SIWAREX M into the SIMATIC provides a freely program-
mable weighing system with which even complex tasks (e.g., multi-component
scales and multi-scale systems) can be implemented easily.
The SIWAREX M is snapped directly onto the SIMATIC S7 bus as a function
module. This direct integration of the SIWAREX M into the SIMATIC S7-300
permits optimal utilization of all functions of the SIMATIC S7-300 program-
mable controller.
Hardware and software flexibility permits the implementation of a wide variety
of applications (e.g., in the chemicals industry and foodstuffs industry). The
complete family of SIMATIC S7-300 modules is available as the hardware
platform. Easy operator control and monitoring is available e.g. with the
SIMATIC HMI operator panels.
PS: Power supply
CPU: SIMATIC S7 CPU
CP: Communications processor
OP: Operator panel
PS
Figure 1-2 SIWAREX M in the SIMATIC S7-300
Starting with CPU 314, a multiple-line setup can be used with the SIMATIC
S7-300. The multiple-line setup requires the IM 360/IM 361 or IM 365 (start-
ing with version 2) interface modules.
The IM 621 interface can be used to connect SIWAREX M to the SIMATIC
C7-621. The IM 361 interface is used to connect SIWAREX M to the
SIMATIC C7-623/624/626. IM 360 has already been integrated in the
SIMATIC C7-623/624/626.
System integration
of the SIWAREX M
into the SIMATIC
Central integration
into the S7-300
Multiple-line
setup with the
SIMATIC S7
Multiple-line
setup with the
SIMATIC C7
S
y
stem Overview
1-5
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Since the SIWAREX M can be connected to the PROFIBUS-DP via the
ET 200M modular I/O system (IM 153-1 or IM 153-2 interface), the
SIWAREX M can be linked as distributed periphery to the SIMATIC S7-300,
SIMATIC S7-400, SIMATIC S7-400H, SIMATIC C7 or SIMATIC PCS 7.
Transmission distances of up to 23 km are permitted. The IM 153-2 is only
necessary when required by other modules (e.g., FM 353).
Maximum number of SIWAREX M units per IM 153-1 or IM 153-2 interface
– For distributed connection to SIMATIC S7 Max. of 7 SIWAREX Ms
(Exception: Max. of 8 SIWAREX Ms with CPU 318-2 DP,
CPU 417-4 DP, IM 467 and CPU 443-5 Ext.)
– With active backplane bus Max. of 4 SIWAREX Ms
PS: Power supply
IM: IM 153-1 or IM 153-2
DO: Digital output module
DI: Digital input module
PS
Figure 1-3 The SIWAREX M as distributed periphery in the SIMATIC S7
When the SIWAREX M is connected decentrally to a SIMATIC S7-300/400,
SIMATIC C7 or SIMATIC PCS 7, an CPU with PROFIBUS-DP interface, a
CP 443-5 (from version 2) or an IM 467 for connection to PROFIBUS is requi-
red. The version (status 4/99) of the CP 342-5 cannot be used for the bus con-
nection.
Distributed
integration
in the S7/C7
S
y
stem Overview
1-6 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
While the SIWAREX M is usually integrated in SIMATIC S7 programmable
controllers with the typical PLC programming languages STL (statement list),
LAD (ladder diagram) or FBD (function block diagram), integration in the
SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system is performed via graphic configura-
tion in the CFC (continuous function chart). In other words, integration is
structured instead of programmed.
The SIWAREX M modules are represented in the engineering system (ES)
with technology blocks in the CFC chart. In contrast, the SIWAREX M mod-
ules are represented on the operator station (OS) as faceplates (i.e., screen
blocks).
The faceplates can be used to monitor the weight values and control the
SIWAREX M modules.
A separate configuration package is available for the SIMATIC PCS 7 process
control system which contains a block for the CFC chart, a faceplate for the OS
and the documentation.
Figure 1-4 Representation of the SIWAREX M in the ES engineering system (left)
and on the OS operator station (right)
Distributed in-
tegration in
SIMATIC PCS 7
S
y
stem Overview
1-7
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
The many functions of the SIWAREX M (e.g., an analog output for analog
indicators or process recorders, DI/DO for weighing functions, and serial inter-
faces for printer and remote display with operator control) also permit it to be
used as a field device independent of the controller.
Figure 1-5 The SIWAREX M as a controller-independent field device
In addition to the bus interface for the SIMATIC and two serial interfaces
(TTY and RS 232C), the SIWAREX M is equipped with 4 digital outputs,
3 digital inputs and 1 analog output.
The functions to be handled by the inputs and outputs can be specified by
parameterization as required by your specific applications.
Using STEP 7 or SIWATOOL (a WINDOWS parameter assignment program),
you can optimize parameter specifications for weighing applications.
Printer/host/PC/PLC/
verifiable memory
CPU
SIMATIC
S7-300
PROFIBUS-DP
interface
(IM 153-1
or IM 153-2)
SIMATIC S7
bus
RS 232C TTY Meas. val.
acquisition
Load cell
supply
3 digital
inputs
1 analog
output
4 digital
outputs
Host/remote display/PLC
SIWAREX M
EX-i
interface
(option)
Junction box
LC
Tare
Print
Set to zero
Start proportioning
:
Choice
of 20
functions
Coarse
Fine
Overfill
Limit value
:
Choice
of 30
functions
Analog display
Controller
Motor control
Process recorder
:
:
:
LC LC LC
Figure 1-6 Diagram of the SIWAREX M setup
Integration of the
SIWAREX M inde-
pendent of the
controller
Periphery
S
y
stem Overview
1-8 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
1.2 Setup and Components of a Weighing Machine
A complete industrial weighing machine (scales) consists of the following pri-
mary components.
Junction
box
ÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍ
Load
Connection cable
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
Load cell Load cell
Foundation
Load bearing element
SIWAREX M
module Operator
control +
monitoring
Displays and
operator panels
Printer
etc.
Figure 1-7 Setup of the weighing system with a SIWAREX M
Load bearing implements are used to hold the load to be weighed. Examples
include platforms, hoppers, trolleys, containers and so on.
Load cells are measuring sensors which convert a physical value (i.e., weight)
into a proportionate electrical signal.
Built-in elements ensure that the load cells function correctly. Built-in and
guide elements prevent faulty loading which can cause measuring errors and
damage to the load cells. Faulty loading is caused by forces (e.g., lateral
forces) for which the direction of action of the load cell springs is not designed.
The junction box is used to add together the load cell signals from several load
cells switched in parallel.
The SIWAREX M module is used as an electronic evaluation device which
acquires and further evaluates the signal coming from the load cell.
Load bearing
implement
Load cell
Built-in elements
Junction box
SIWAREX M
S
y
stem Overview
1-9
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
1.3 Weighing Functions
SIWAREX M offers the following functions.
Setting to zero
Taring
Automatic zero point offset
Scales standstill message
Limit values (min/max/empty/overfilled)
Proportioning valve control (coarse/fine)
Tolerance monitoring of the proportioning process
Automatic reproportioning
Automatic proportioning optimization (switchoff value “fine”)
Proportioning monitoring (monitoring of material flow and time)
Inching mode
These functions support fill level scales, single-component scales, and multi-
component scales.
1.4 Fill Level Scales
Fill level scales are used to acquire the fill level of hoppers, tanks and other
containers. The SIWAREX M offers weighing functions such as gross/net
weight calculation, setting to zero, taring, limit value monitoring, scales stand-
still check and printing. These basic weighing functions can also be used to
implement other types of scales such as platform scales, crane scales, vehicle
scales, etc.
Fill level scales
S
y
stem Overview
1-10 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
1.5 Single-Component Scales
The SIWAREX M provides the functions required by single-component scales.
These functions include coarse/fine flow proportioning, tolerance check and
finished message. Material feed is controlled for fill weighing. Special sup-
plementary functions (e.g., automatic reproportioning when tolerances are un-
derranged, inching mode, and automatic correction of the fine flow switchoff
value) are also included in the module.
In principle, the functions of a single-component weighing machine for deduc-
tion weighing are the same as those for fill weighing. The only difference is
that material removal is controlled and not material addition (sign reversal for
net weight calculation).
S7–300
Filling
Coarse Fine
LC LC
Junction box
SIEMENS
SIMATIC
S7–300
CPU 314 DI DI DO CP
SIWAREX M
JB
Figure 1-8 Single-component scales
Single-component
scales for fill
weighing
Single-component
scales for deduc-
tion weighing
S
y
stem Overview
1-11
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
1.6 Multi-Component Scales
Multi-component scales are used to make mixtures based on preset recipes and
can be set up from standard components (e.g., SIWAREX M, SIMATIC digital
input/output modules, and so on).
The SIWAREX M handles the function of a multiplexed single-component
weighing system within a multi-component weighing system (i.e., during pro-
portioning, the SIWAREX M performs the setpoint-actual value comparison
and controls proportioning independently of the cycle time of the automation
system. The coarse and fine flow signal on the digital outputs of the
SIWAREX M is available for controlling the proportioning devices. Two digi-
tal outputs are sufficient since, with a multiple-component weighing system,
these are switched through to the applicable bin (see figure) via the root of a
floating digital output module of the SIMATIC (e.g., relay module). This per-
mits almost any number of supply bins to be addressed.
Note
If the nominal current (0.5 A) and the total current (1 A) of the digital outputs
of the SIWAREX M are not exceeded, a SIMATIC relay output module can be
used to switch through the coarse and fine flow signals to the individual bins.
If the nominal current or the total current is exceeded, a coupling relay must
be used in addition to the SIMATIC relay output module.
Recipe sequence control on the CPU or a host control system gives the
SIWAREX M the material-related proportioning data (e.g., setpoint, coarse and
fine flow switch-off value, tolerance limits, and so on) for each individual
component.
Figure 1-9 Multi-component scales based on SIWAREX M + SIMATIC
Principle of
function
S
y
stem Overview
1-12 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Depending on the components to be proportioned (e.g., component 1), a digital
output module of the SIMATIC now switches through the signal path of the
coarse and fine flow signal to bin 1. The scales are then tared, and proportion-
ing is started. After conclusion of proportioning, the process is repeated for all
other components.
Depending on the requirements, various standard packages are available for
implementation of multi-component scales (e.g., Batch flexible for high-end
performance range or SIWAREX Batch for low-end and medium performance
range).
The SIWAREX Batch option package supports use of the SIWAREX M as
proportioning scales. It can be run on programmable controllers SIMATIC
S7-300 and SIMATIC S7-400. A configuration on ProTool which can be
adapted to the specific application is standardly made available for operator
control and monitoring with SIMATIC HMI operator panel OP27. Using an
open interface, other operator panels (e.g., OP37) or the WinCC visualization
system can also be integrated.
Since SIWAREX Batch can be scaled, it can be adapted to the particular re-
quirements. The number of production lines and scales in the system can be
defined by the user as well as the numbers of recipes and components.
The SIWAREX Batch software package contains all necessary standard func-
tions which are required regardless of sector. SIWAREX Batch is designed so
that application-specific expansions and supplements can be easily added via
defined interfaces which are open for the user (e.g., accepting recipes from a
host control system).
SIWAREX Batch consists of a kernel for batch control and several subpro-
grams for functions such as weighing, mixing, emptying and so on.
SIWAREX Batch can be used for several production lines at the same time.
This permits proportioning procedures to be run simultaneously on several
scales.
Standard packages
for multi-compo-
nent scales
Recipe control
with SIWAREX
Batch
(optional package)
S
y
stem Overview
1-13
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
1.7 Scales for Potentially Explosive Areas
Connection of load cells located in potentially explosive areas requires an in-
termediate box (type SIWAREX IS) which is circuited between the
SIWAREX weighing module and the load cell (special model for the Ex area)
or the junction box (JB).
Since the intermediate box contains an Ex-i interface, it must be located out-
side the potentially explosive area.
Appropriate SIMATIC modules are available for digital or analog inputs/out-
puts in the potentially explosive area.
Ex modules are used in the automation of chemical plants and are suitable for
applications in measuring, and open-loop and closed-loop control technology.
The primary task of the Ex modules is to separate the intrinsically safe electri-
cal circuits of the potentially explosive area and the non-intrinsically safe, in-
ternal electrical circuits of the programmable controller.
If the digital inputs/outputs of the SIWAREX M are to be installed in the Ex
area, conventional explosion-proof circuit breakers (24 V) can be used.
Remote displays with an analog interface can be used, for example, as remote
displays for the Ex area. These remote displays are connected via an explo-
sion-proof circuit breaker to the analog output of the SIWAREX M or via an
intrinsically safe analog output of the SIMATIC. Another choice is to use
pressure encapsulated remote displays.
Special intrinsically safe operator panels are available from various manufac-
turers for use in the potentially explosive areas of zones 1 and 2. These opera-
tor panels can be connected to the SIMATIC S7 via the MPI interface of the S7
CPU or via an additive communications processor (CP), for example.
Pressure encapsulated operator panels (SIMATIC HMI) can also be used
instead of intrinsically safe devices.
Scales for poten-
tially explosive
areas, zones 1
and 2
Process I/O in the
Ex area
Remote displays in
the Ex area
Controlling and
monitoring in the
Ex area
S
y
stem Overview
1-14 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
IB: Intermediate box (Ex-i interface), JB = Junction box, LC = Load cell
Figure 1-10 Scales for potentially explosive area
S
y
stem Overview
1-15
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
1.8 Other Types of Scales
By using standard components of the SIMATIC, SIMATIC HMI and SIMATIC
NET series, other types of scales can also be implemented. A few examples
are listed below.
Counting scales
Check weighers
Vehicle scales
Filling scales
Conveyor belt scales
Loss in weight scales
Other types
of scales
S
y
stem Overview
1-16 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
S
y
stem Overview
2-1
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Hardware Description and Commissioning
This section contains all information required for commissioning. Subjects
include mounting, connection, assignment of parameters, and a description of
the interfaces and indicator and setting elements.
Adherence to these safety notes is mandatory. Non-compliance will invali-
date your warranty.
!Warning
Persons who are not qualified should not be allowed to handle this equip-
ment/system. Non-compliance with warnings appearing on the equipment
itself or on the system cabinet can result in severe personal injury or substan-
tial property damage. Only qualified personnel should be allowed to work
on this equipment/system.
Note
This product has been developed, manufactured, tested and documented in
accordance with relevant safety standards. Under normal conditions, this
product will not be a source of danger to property or life.
!Caution
Commissioning is prohibited until it has been determined that the machine in
which these components are to be installed meets the requirements of the
89/392/EC guidelines.
General safety
notes
2
2-2 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
!Warning
The following rules must be complied with to ensure that the requirements
contained in EU guidelines 89/336/EC are complied with.
The setup guidelines and safety notes in the applicable manuals and sup-
plementary documentation must be adhered to for both the automation
system and the SIWAREX M.
All signal lines to the SIWAREX M must be shielded and applied to a
grounded shield retainer rail (see section 2.2).
Sub D plug connectors with shield braiding and plug connector hood
with shielding must be used.
Hardware Descri
p
tion and Commissionin
g
2-3
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
2.1 Installing the SIWAREX M
Before beginning actual, physical installation, relevant safety precautions
must be taken and the following points adhered to or clarified.
Was the module still in its original packaging ?
Check the shipment for transportation damages.
Check the shipment for completeness.
The S7 interface of the SIWAREX M corresponds to the I/O bus (P bus) of
the SIMATIC S7-300.
All slots of the SIMATIC S7-300 which can be used by function modules
(FM) can also be used for the SIWAREX M.
For additional information, see the SIMATIC S7-300 manual.
The maximum number of SIWAREX M modules which can be installed in
the SIMATIC depends on the following factors.
Maximum number of modules in the central/expansion rack (CR/ER) or
modular ET 200M I/O device
Storage requirements on the S7-/C7-CPU
Maximum permissible current consumption (5 V) from the S7 backplane
bus
Preparations
Slot
Hardware Descri
p
tion and Commissionin
g
2-4 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
2.1.1 Settings
(BASP/OD) = Disable command output/output disable)
A quadruple DIP switch on the back of the housing is used as the calibration
switch, and to switch off the BASP/OD function.
The settings on this DIP switch must be performed before installing the
SIWAREX M since the switch can no longer be accessed after installation.
!Warning
If the BASP function is switched off, you must provide other suitable mea-
sures to prevent outputs which are not switched off from endangering people
or systems.
If the BASP function is not switched off, the digital and analog outputs are
reset and a running proportioning procedure is stopped when the BASP signal
is output by the SIMATIC CPU. See also chapter 3.18.
Cutout for
DIP switch
1
OFF ON
4
3
2
1
Figure 2-1 Back of the SIWAREX M
Setting elements
Hardware Descri
p
tion and Commissionin
g
2-5
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 2-1 Setting functions of the DIP switch
Switch Description Status on Delivery
1) Switch must be set to OFF (service function). OFF
2) Download function
– OFF = Operation mode
– ON = Download mode (only for service purposes)
OFF
3) BASP/OD function:
Use in S7-300 or ET 200M:
– OFF=BASP/OD active
– ON=BASP/OD inactive
Use without SIMATIC:
– Always ON
OFF
4) Switch activates write protection (only required for verified scales)
Standard setting: OFF (i.e., write protection deactivated)
OFF
Hardware Descri
p
tion and Commissionin
g
2-6 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
2.1.2 Mounting the Module on the Rail
Note
It is imperative to adhere to EMC guidelines when installing the cables (also
those outside cabinets).
Do not place cables next to energy-technology cables, and shield the cables
as described.
In most cases, two-sided shield application is recommended. However, if
interference is primarily low-frequency, one-sided shield application may be
more effective.
Adhere to the grounding concept of the SIMATIC S7-300 to avoid problems
with the potential.
The setup guidelines of the SIMATIC S7 (see manual of the S7-300 pro-
grammable controller under setup and CPU data) must be adhered to for all
mounting steps, and the following instructions must be performed in the or-
der shown below.
A setup which does not conform to EMC guidelines will reduce measuring
accuracy and, in extreme situations, cause ”internal error 04” or ”external
error 02.”
1. Switch off all voltages on the SIMATIC S7, ensure that it cannot be
switched back on again, and mark accordingly.
2. Make or check protective conductor connection. (See setup guidelines.)
3. Mount shield connecting element.
– The shield connecting element must be mounted on the rail directly
under the slot in which the SIWAREX M is installed.
– Each cable to be connected to the SIWAREX M requires a shield ter-
minal on the shield rail of the shield connecting element (see section
2.2).
4. Insert bus connector. (See setup guidelines.)
– A bus connector is supplied with each SIWAREX M. The bus connec-
tor must be inserted first on the module installed in the slot to the left
of the SIWAREX M.
5. Hang SIWAREX M. (See setup guidelines.)
6. Screw down SIWAREX M. (See setup guidelines.)
7. Label SIWAREX M. (See setup guidelines.)
Mounting steps
Hardware Descri
p
tion and Commissionin
g
2-7
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Shield connecting
element
Figure 2-2 Shield connecting element
Hardware Descri
p
tion and Commissionin
g
2-8 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
2.2 Connection and Wiring
Since the rules for wiring listed in the table below apply to SIMATIC S7-300
modules, they must also be used for the wiring of front connector X1 on the
SIWAREX M.
Table 2-2 Rules for wiring
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Rule for
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Flexible Line
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Flexible Line with Core End Sleeves
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Max. line cross sec-
tion
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
0.25 to 1.5 mm2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0.25 to 1.5 mm2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Number per connec-
tion
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Max. of 2 (in one end sleeve)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Stripping length
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
6 mm
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
6 mm
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Core end sleeves
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Without insulation collar (short)
DIN 46228
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Turning moment
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
60-80 Ncm
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
60-80 Ncm
Non-flexible lines may not be used.
Select the shield terminal size appropriate to the cable diameter.
Securing a cable with the shield terminal requires that approximately 1.5 cm
of the cable insulation be cut away at the appropriate location so that the
shield is bared.
1
2Shield terminal
Shield rail
(fixed)
Figure 2-3 Mounting the shield terminals
!Caution
Make sure that you do not damage the shield braiding when stripping the
cable.
When applying shields to all cables connected to the SIWAREX M, make
sure that there is enough cable between the shield connecting element and
the SIWAREX M so that the SIWAREX M can be removed with all its
cables still connected.
Rules for wiring
Shield terminals
Hardware Descri
p
tion and Commissionin
g
2-9
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
The following figure shows all available indication and connection elements
on the front of the SIWAREX M.
1
9
1
15
X2
X3
7
8
9
11
13 I_OUT+
14 I_OUT–
15 SENSE+
16 SENSE–
17 SIG+
18 SIG–
19 EXC+
20 EXC–
1 L+
2 M
12 DI_M
SF
ADJ
0
OF
DO1
DO2
DO3
24V
DO4
DC24V
6
5
4 DO_M
3 DO_L+
DI1
DI3
X1
DI_L+
DI2 10
Power
supply
Digital
outputs
Digital
inputs
Analog
output
Load cells
Figure 2-4 Connection elements on the front of the SIWAREX M
Table 2-3 Indication elements on the front of the SIWAREX M
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Label
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
LED Color
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Position
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Explanation
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
SF
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Red
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
LED 1 (to the left)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
System fault
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
OF
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Red
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
LED 2 (to the left)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Operation fault
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Green
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
LED 3 (to the left)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Scales calibrated
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Green
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
LED 4 (to the left)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Standstill
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Green
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
LED 5 (to the left)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1/4d zero
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ADJ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Green
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
LED 6 (to the left)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Scales adjusted
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
24 V
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Green
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
LED 1 (to the right)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Power supply
Located on the right side of the housing are additional status lamps which
indicate the status of the DI/DOs. The LEDs are permanently assigned to the
respective input/output.
Indication and
connection ele-
ments
Indication
elements
Hardware Descri
p
tion and Commissionin
g
2-10 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
2.2.1 Front Plug Connector (X1)
You can label the individual connections of the front plug connector with a
label strip which is included. This provides customized identification of your
input and output assignments.
The SIWAREX M module requires 24 V direct current.
The 24 V must be turned on and off at the same time the 24 V for the SI-
MATIC CPU or ET 200 is turned on and off.
The maximum current consumption is 300 mA.
The lines are connected in front plug connector X1 on screw contacts 1 and 2
(see figure 2-4).
The X1 front connector is equipped with 20 screw contacts for wiring the
following connections.
Power supply
Load cells
Digital inputs/outputs
Analog output
The required cable cross sections can be found in this section.
Disconnect the front connector from the module to make connection work
easier.
Labelling
Power supply
Front connector
Hardware Descri
p
tion and Commissionin
g
2-11
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
2.2.2 Load Cells (X1)
In principle, all measured value sensors (i.e., load sensors) can be connected
to the SIWAREX M provided they meet the following requirements.
Characteristic value up to 4 mV/V
Supply voltage 10.2 V
Measuring procedure based on the Wheatstone bridge
Table 2-4 Allocation of the load cell connection
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Screw Terminal
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Load Cell
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Signal
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
X1.15
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
UF +
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
SENSE +
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Sensor line +
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
X1.16
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
UF -
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
SENSE -
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Sensor line -
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
X1.17
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
UM +
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
SIG +
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meas. voltage +
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
X1.18
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
UM -
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
SIG -
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meas. voltage -
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
X1.19
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
US +
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
EXC +
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Supply voltage +
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
X1.20
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
US -
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
EXC -
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Supply voltage -
Load cells must be connected in accordance with the following rules.
1. A junction box must be used under the following conditions.
– More than one load cell is connected. (Remember that the load cells
must then be switched in parallel.)
– The distance between load cell and SIWAREX M is greater than the
longest available length of load cell connection cable.
2. When there is a danger of equipotential bonding currents from the cable
shield, an equipotential bonding conductor must be installed parallel to
the load cell cable, or the shield terminal in the junction box must be used
to apply the shield. (Under normal conditions, the shield is applied to the
cable leadin supports of the junction box.)
3. Twisted core pairs should be used for the lines specified below.
– (+) and (-) sensor line
– (+) and (-) measuring voltage line
– (+) and (-) supply voltage line
4. The shield on the SIWAREX M must be applied to the shield holder ele-
ment.
The “SIWAREX IS” Ex-i interface (see section 9.4) is required when load
cells are to be operated in potentially explosive areas.
Load cells which
can be connected
Connection alloca-
tion on front con-
nector X1
Load cell connec-
tion for normal
areas (standard)
Load cell connec-
tion for potentially
explosive areas
Hardware Descri
p
tion and Commissionin
g
2-12 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
A
B
Shield
19
15
17
18
16
20
SIWAREX M
X1
Junction box
Load cells
Shield connecting element
Max. of
1000 m
EXC+
SENSE+
SIG+
SIG–
SENSE–
EXC–
SUPPLY +
SIGNAL +
SENSE +
SIGNAL –
SENSE –
SUPPLY –
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
1) PLUS-INPUT
2) PLUS-SENSE
3) PLUS-OUTPUT
4) MINUS-OUTPUT
5) MINUS-SENSE
6) MINUS-INPUT
Soldering tag
Figure 2-5 Connection of load cells using the 6-wire technique
A
B
Shield
19
15
17
18
16
20
SIWAREX M
X1
Junction box
Max. of
1000 m
Load cells
EXC+
SENSE+
SIG+
SIG–
SENSE–
EXC–
SUPPLY +
SIGNAL +
SENSE +
SIGNAL –
SENSE –
SUPPLY –
2)
3)
4)
1)
1) PLUS-INPUT
2) PLUS-OUTPUT
3) MINUS-OUTPUT
4) MINUS-INPUT
Shield connecting element
Soldering tag
Figure 2-6 Connection of load cells using the 4-wire technique
When the 4-wire technique is used to connect the load cells, the signals
(SUPPLY+) and (SENSE+), as well as (SUPPLY-) and (SENSE-) must be
jumpered in the junction box.
The 6-wire technique must always be used for the connection of the junction
box to the SIWAREX M to compensate for temperature and line influences.
When the 4-wire technique is used to connect the load cells directly to the
SIWAREX M, screw contact X1.15 must be jumpered with X1.19 in front
plug connector X1, and X1.16 with X1.20.
Load cell connec-
tion, 6-wire tech-
nique with junc-
tion box
Load cell connec-
tion, 4-wire tech-
nique with junc-
tion box
Load cell connec-
tion, 4-wire tech-
nique without
junction box
Hardware Descri
p
tion and Commissionin
g
2-13
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
The cable of each load cell is led through the cable leadin supports (PG
screw-type connection). The cable shield must be applied to the PG screw-
type connection.
The individual cores of the load cell cable are circuited in parallel to the re-
spective soldering tags (i.e., SUPPLY, SENSE and SIGNAL).
Solder all feeder voltage lines (+) of the load cells and the weighing elec-
tronics to soldering tag ”SUPPLY +”.
Solder all feeder voltage lines (-) of the load cells and the weighing elec-
tronics to soldering tag ”SUPPLY -”.
Use the same procedure on the remaining lines.
Soldering tags A and B are reserve connection elements (e.g., for installation
of precision resistors for the cut-off load calibration). A cut-off load calibra-
tion is usually only performed for scales on which cut-off loads occur (e.g.,
vehicle scales).
Parallel circuiting
of load cells in the
junction box
Hardware Descri
p
tion and Commissionin
g
2-14 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
2.2.3 Digital Outputs (X1)
The SIWAREX M is equipped with four, floating digital outputs (DO) with a
nominal voltage of +24 V and an output current of up to 0.5 A per output.
The four digital outputs are potentially bound with each other. They have a
common ground and a 24 V voltage supply with fuse. The digital outputs are
short circuit-proof and overload-proof.
The status of the digital outputs is indicated via LEDs on the front of the
SIWAREX M.
When inductive consumers are connected, the digital output used must be
equipped with a freewheeling diode.
The digital outputs can be assigned as desired to the 30 weighing functions
available.
!Warning
The 24 V power supply (terminal X1.3) may not be turned on until the
assignment of the DO is known and the current signal status will not be a
hazard to the system.
The four digital outputs are located on screw contacts 5 to 8 in front plug
connector X1.
Screw contacts 3 and 4 provide the 24 V power supply (L+/M) for all four
digital outputs.
3
4
5
6
7
8
SIWAREX M 24 V power
supply
Load
DO_L+
DO_M
DO 1
DO 2
DO 3
DO 4
X1
Max. of 1000 m
Figure 2-7 Digital outputs
Description
Connection
Hardware Descri
p
tion and Commissionin
g
2-15
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 2-5 Assignment of the digital outputs (X1)
Screw Terminal
Signal
X1.3
DO_L+
X1.4
DO_M
X1.5
DO1
X1.6
DO2
X1.7
DO3
X1.8
DO4
Assignment
Hardware Descri
p
tion and Commissionin
g
2-16 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
2.2.4 Digital Inputs (X1)
The SIWAREX M is equipped with three, floating digital 24 V inputs (DI).
The three digital inputs are potentially bound with each other. They have a
common reference point (M).
The digital inputs can be assigned as desired to the 20 weighing commands
available.
The status of the digital inputs is indicated via LEDs on the front of the
SIWAREX M.
!Warning
The inputs may not be activated until the assignment of the DI is known and
activation will not be a hazard to the system.
The three digital inputs are located on screw contacts 9 to 11 in front plug
connector X1.
The common reference point (M) of all three digital inputs is screw con-
tact 12.
9
10
DI 1
11
12
DI 2
DI 3
DI_M
SIWAREX M
X1 24 V
Max. of 1000 m
Figure 2-8 Digital inputs
Table 2-6 Assignment of the digital inputs
Screw Terminal
Signal
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
X1.9
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DI1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
X1.10
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DI2
X1.11
DI3
X1.12
DI_M
Description
Connection
Assignment
Hardware Descri
p
tion and Commissionin
g
2-17
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
2.2.5 Analog Output (X1)
The SIWAREX M is equipped with an analog output for outputting an analog
value (e.g., for an analog display, a process recorder or a controller). The
analog output is designed as a 0/4 to 20 mA current output. The analog out-
put can be used to output the gross or net weight, or an externally prespeci-
fied value from the SIMATIC or from a host.
The output analog value can be supplied to measured value displays which
are not under obligation of verification, process recorders or controllers, for
example.
!Warning
Before a new SIWAREX M is used, the parameter assignment of the analog
output must be checked!
The analog output is located on screw contacts 13 and 14 in front plug con-
nector X1. The output can be operated with either 0 to 20 mA or with
4 to 20 mA.
13
14
I_OUT +
I_OUT –
2
SIWAREX M
x1
Max. of 200 m
Example: LIYCY 1 x 2 x 0.5 mm
Load
< 600 Ohm
(incl. line
resistance)
Figure 2-9 Example of the connection of the analog output
Table 2-7 Assignment of the analog output
Screw Contact
Signal
X1.13
Current output + (I_OUT+)
X1.14
Current output - (I_OUT-)
Description
Connection
Assignment
Hardware Descri
p
tion and Commissionin
g
2-18 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
2.2.6 RS 232C Interface (X2)
The RS 232 interface uses the RxD and TxD signals.
The interface is non-floating.
Connection X2 on the front of the SIWAREX M is a 9-way, sub D, plug con-
nection (socket).
Table 2-8 Components which can be connected to the RS 232C interface
Device Protocol For details, see
Printer (XON/XOFF protocol) Section 9.3
PC, host computer SIWAREX driver Section 7.1.1
PC, host computer 3964R Section 7.1.2
Verifiable memory B protocol Section 9.2
2
5
32
5
3
SIWAREX M Host
e.g. PC
X2
15 m (e.g., LIYCY 2 x 2 x 0.2 mm
<2)
Sub D,
9–way pin Sub D,
9–way socket
1) For 25-way sub D, see section 9.3.1
1)
Figure 2-10 Connection cable for X2
Table 2-9 Cable assignment for 9-way and 25-way PC connector
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Pin Assignment
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Signal Name
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Explanation
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
9-Way PC
Interface
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
25-Way PC
Interface
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
SIWAREX M
(X2)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
2
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
3
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
3
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
TxD
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Sending data
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
3
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
2
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
RxD
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Receiving data
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
5
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
7
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
5
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
GND
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Operating
ground
Description
Components
which can be
connected
Connection
Assignment
Hardware Descri
p
tion and Commissionin
g
2-19
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
2.2.7 TTY Interface (X3)
The TTY interface uses the RxD and TxD signals, and can be operated in
either passive (floating) or active (non-floating) mode.
Jumpers in the plug connector of the connection cable are used to switch
between passive and active modes.
The connection element is a 15-way, sub D, plug connector (socket) with a
screw lock.
Table 2-10 Components which can be connected to the TTY interface
Device Protocol For details, see
Remote digital display 4-digit display
5-digit display
6-digit display
Section 9.1
PC, host computer SIWAREX driver Section 7.1.1
PC, host computer 3964R Section 7.1.2
For detailed information on the connection of the remote displays, see chap-
ters 9.1 and 9.2.
Table 2-11 Assignment of X3 (TTY interface of the SIWAREX M)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Connection X3
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Pin
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Signal
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
2
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
RxD -
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Receiving data -
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
6
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
TxD +
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Sending data +
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
7
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
TxD -
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Sending data -
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
9
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
RxD +
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Receiving data +
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
11
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
20 mA/R
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Receiver power supply +
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
12
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
GND
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Ground
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
13
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
20 mA/T
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Sender power supply +
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
15
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
GND
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Ground
Description
Type of connection
element
Components
which can be
connected
Connection
Assignment
Hardware Descri
p
tion and Commissionin
g
2-20 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
2.3 Preparing the SIWAREX M for Operation
After the module has been mounted and all connections have been set up, a
partial function test of the SIWAREX M and all connected components must
be performed at this stage of the commissioning procedure.
Perform the individual steps of the partial test in the order specified below.
Check to determine whether you have performed all steps up to now cor-
rectly.
Is the exterior of the module undamaged ?
Is the module installed in the correct slot ?
Have all mounting screws been tightened correctly ?
Have all connection cables been connected correctly and secured ?
Has the front plug connector been plugged in correctly ?
Have all shields been applied to the shield holder element ?
Have you removed all tools, materials and parts not belonging to the S7
or the SIWAREX M from the mounting rail and the modules ?
Caution
The 24 V power supply for the SIMATIC S7–CPU or ET 200M and the
SIWAREX M must be turned on and off at the same time.
Introduction
Visual inspection
Hardware Descri
p
tion and Commissionin
g
2-21
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
After the power is turned on, the SIWAREX M switches to operation mode.
If operating correctly, the LEDs below will indicate the following states.
LED (24 V) ON status
LED (SF) OFF status
LED (OF) OFF status
If the LEDs do not indicate the correct states, proceed as described in
section 11.
9
1 L+
SF
OF
24V DC24V
X1
Figure 2-11 Location of the LEDs to be checked
LED test on
the SIWAREX M
Hardware Descri
p
tion and Commissionin
g
2-22 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
2.4 Assigning Parameters
Depending on your system configuration, there are various ways to assign
parameters and commission the SIWAREX M.
Use the overview below to select the best method of parameter assignment
and commissioning for your special system configuration.
S7–300 SIWAREX M
S7-300 backplane bus
PROFIBUS-DP
RS 485 TTY
RS 232
X3
X2
MPI bus
Printing format
TP
FC
STEP 7
DB editor
PG Host
PC/PG
SIWATOOL
Parameter
Commissioning
on user software
Dependent
CPU
IM 153-1
telegram
for para.
assign.
Parameter assignment
Commissioning
Parameter assignment
Printing format
Commissioning
Parameter assignment
Printing format
Host
PC/PG
SIWATOOL
Parameter
telegram
for para.
assign.
Commissioning
Parameter assignment
Printing format
Commissioning
Parameter assignment
or IM 153-2
Figure 2-12 Methods of parameter assignment for various system configurations
Introduction
Overview of possi-
ble parameter as-
signments and
commissioning
Hardware Descri
p
tion and Commissionin
g
2-23
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Via PG with DB editor
Edit data block with the editor in the SIMATIC S7, and transfer with the
FC SIWA-M function to the SIWAREX M.
(Parameter assignment and commissioning are possible.)
Edit the I/O bar of the SIWAREX block in the CFC chart, and then transfer
the modified data to the SIWAREX M.
(Commissioning with SIWATOOL)
Via PC/PG with SIWATOOL
Install SIWATOOL on the PC/PG.
SIWATOOL uses pull-down menus and runs under WINDOWS.
(Parameter assignment, commissioning and printing formatting are possible.)
Via host with data telegram
Data telegrams are used to perform parameter assignment, commissioning
and printing formatting.
Link to the
SIMATIC S7
Link to the
SIMATIC PCS 7
Link to a PC
with SIWATOOL
Link to
the host
Hardware Descri
p
tion and Commissionin
g
2-24 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
2.5 Preparation and Certification of Scales Subject to
Verification
Notice
Adhere to the latest qualification approval of SIWAREX.
Preparations prior to actual certification by the office of weights and mea-
sures must be performed by the operator in accordance with following
instructions.
Commission the SIWAREX M.
Adjust the scales as described in the manual.
Check all relevant points for compliance with (1) and (2) or (3) below.
(1) = ER (90/384/EC) European guidelines on non-automatic scales
(2) = EN 45 501 European standards for non-automatic scales
(3) = National guidelines for automatic scales
Fill in the appropriate data on the verification label for the remote display.
Max. = maximum load; example: max. = 3 t or 3,000 kg
Min. = 20 e (in accordance with EN 45 501, class III commercial scales)
A maximum resolution of 6,000 e (digit intervals) is possible for opera-
tion with verification capability.
Example: 20 e = 3,000 kg/6,000 x 20 = 10 kg
e = verification value (in accordance with EN 45 501)
Example: 3,000 kg/6,000 = 0.5 kg
s = serial number of the name plate of the SIWAREX M
Affixing the verification label depends on the remote display being used.
For additional information, see the documentation of your remote display.
Certification of the verified scales is performed by an official of the
weights and measures office.
After certification, turn off the SIWAREX M.
Remove the SIWAREX M from the rail so that the DIP switch on the
back of the SIWAREX M can be accessed.
Activate write protection via the DIP switch. (See section 2.1.1.)
DIP switch 4 to position “ON”
Preparation
Verification label
Certification of
the SIWAREX M
Write protection
Hardware Descri
p
tion and Commissionin
g
2-25
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
After activation of write protection, the official of the weights and measures
office will affix the inspection seal and verification stamp.
ÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉ
1
DIP switch
SIWAREX M
SIEMENS
7MH4553 - 1AA41
LB/jm/nnnnsss
Made in Germany E-Stand: 01
95
1P
S
0
DI2
DI3
DO1
DO2
DO3
DO4
24V
12
34
Weighing System
SF
OF
ADJ
SIWAREX
3
4
1
2
View of Back View of Side
View of Front
Affixing an inspection seal
over the DIP switch on the
back of the SIWAREX M
Affixing an inspection seal
over the area where the two
halves of the housing are
joined
Affixing of three inspection
seals on the front of the
SIWAREX M
Affixing the verification stamp
(M) on the front of the
SIWAREX M
1
2
3
4
Figure 2-13 Placement of the inspection seal and verification stamp
Inspection seal on
the SIWAREX M
Hardware Descri
p
tion and Commissionin
g
2-26 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
A successful final check concludes certification of the SIWAREX M.
Turn on the SIWAREX M.
The LED (scales verified) on the front of the SIWAREX M must
light up.
The verified scales are now certified and ready for operation.
Final check
Hardware Descri
p
tion and Commissionin
g
3-1
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Function Description
The SIWAREX M can be integrated in SIMATIC S7-300 programmable con-
trollers and can also be used as distributed periphery in the ET 200M. The
SIWAREX M can also communicate with other host systems via the serial
interfaces.
Independent of the cycle time of the host system, the SIWAREX M handles
execution of the basic weighing functions and the time-critical control of
proportioning elements for proportioning scales within a complete weighing
system.
The SIWAREX M can be used in applications requiring verification certifica-
tion and also in potentially explosive areas.
SIWAREX M offers the following functions.
Zero setting and taring the scales
Automatic zero point offset
Scales standstill message
Limit value generation (minimum/maximum/empty/overfilled)
Proportioning valve control (coarse/fine)
Tolerance monitoring of the proportioning process
Automatic reproportioning
Automatic proportioning optimization
Inching mode
Proportioning monitoring (material flow and time monitoring)
Introduction
Overview
3
3-2 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
3.1 A/D Conversion (Measured Value Acquisition)
The analog/digital converter of the SIWAREX M converts the analog mea-
suring signal of the load cells into a digital signal.
Every 20 msec a measured value is determined with a "524,000-part resolu-
tion.
Since the SIWAREX M has been pre-calibrated at the factory, the module can
be exchanged without having to adjust the scales again. A test weight can be
used to adjust the SIWAREX M, or a theoretical adjustment can be per-
formed using the characteristic value and nominal load of the load cell.
Notice
Theoretical adjustment cannot be used for applications requiring certifica-
tion.
Table 3-1 Data word for A/D conversion
Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments
S7/C7
Structure Name
Addr
No
Byte
Bit
Len
g
th
Variable Name
Addr. No. Byte Bit
Length
(Byte)
Unfiltered raw value
DIGITS
346
33
0
8
DINT
Unit = digit
Unfiltered raw value
UNFILTERED
346 33 0 - 8 DINT Unit = digit
Description
Calibration
Function Descri
p
tion
3-3
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
3.2 Digital Filtering
An adjustable digital filter compensates for interference caused by vibration
and load fluctuations, for example. This filter is particularly recommended if
you are using worm drives, vibrating troughs and mixers.
The digital filter has the following features.
Critical damped filter to the 4th power
Settable filter frequencies: 0.05 to 5 Hz (default = 2 Hz)
A floating mean value filter (MVF) can be switched in front of the digital
filter.
Illegal filter settings are rejected, and the old value is retained. The filtered,
raw, measured value can be viewed in the service data area.
Mean
value
filter
Digital filter Filtered
raw value
Unfiltered
raw value
Mean value of 32
measured values
Figure 3-1 Filtering principle
Table 3-2 Data word for digital filtering
Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments
S7/C7
Structure Name
Addr
No
Byte
Bit
Len
g
th
Variable Name
Addr. No. Byte Bit
Length
(Byte)
Filter setting
ADJ_DATA
111
3
21
42
BYTE
Sel. code + 100 = MVF active*
0 (100) = No limit value
1 (101) = 5 Hz
2* (102) = 2 Hz
3 (103) = 1 Hz
Filter setting
LIMIT_FREQ
111 3 21 - 42 BYTE 3 (103) = 1 Hz
4 (104) = 0.5 Hz
5 (105) = 0.2 Hz
6 (106) = 0.1 Hz
7 (107) = 0.05 Hz
Filtered raw value
DIGITS
350
33
4
8
DINT
Unit = digit
Filtered raw value
FILTERED
350 33 4 - 8 DINT Unit = digit
Illegal limit frequency digital filter
Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Data error 01
Illegal limit frequency digital filter
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Data error 01
* Factory setting of SIWAREX M
Description
Filtering principle
Function Descri
p
tion
3-4 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
3.3 Weight Calculation and Adjustment
Weight calculation is used to convert raw measured values into standardized,
gross weight values. The calculation is performed every 20 msec. In addi-
tion, measured values with a higher resolution (by a factor of 10) are avail-
able to the user for service purposes. This is very helpful for scales requiring
verification since the resolution of their indicated values is limited. The re-
quired standardization or adjustment factor is determined during adjustment.
The characteristic value entry specifies the measuring range set for the A/D
converter. Possible entries are 1, 2 and 4 mV/V (i.e., three measuring
ranges).
The next greater characteristic value must be specified for the values which
are between 1, 2 or 4. In individual cases, it is also possible to specify a
smaller characteristic value when the load cell(s) is (are) not utilized up to
their nominal load.
All input and output values related to weight refer to the same decimal place.
This makes the internal calculations independent of the decimal place. The
decimal place can be specified from 0 to 5. The decimal place is only re-
levant for the display or printer. Remember that a total of 6 digit positions is
available.
Adjustment is performed in 2 steps.
During the first step, the filtered raw value is stored (via “zero point valid”
adjustment command) for the scales zero point in adjustment digit 0.
During the second step, the filtered raw value is stored (via “adjustment
weight valid” command) for the adjustment weight in adjustment digit 1.
Adjustment digits 0 and 1 are not indicated until adjustment has been com-
pleted.
Weight calculation
Characteristic
value
Decimal place
Adjustment
Function Descri
p
tion
3-5
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Note
When certain commands (i.e., “zero point valid”, “adjustment valid” or
“load factory setting”) are called directly after each other, a waiting period
of 5 seconds must be maintained between calls. Otherwise the commands
will be rejected by the SIWAREX M.
A timeout prevents the maximum permissible number of write cycles for an
EEPROM from being exceeded by an accidental cyclic call of these com-
mands (see section 3.17).
When an attempt is made to call one of these three commands again within
these 5 seconds, the command is rejected and the 5-second waiting period is
retriggered again.
The minimum adjustment weight must be at least 5% of the measuring range
set. This is checked by the SIWAREX M during the adjustment procedure
( 25000 digits). The maximum permissible indication increments (“d”) for
verified operation is not checked (maximum load, digit increment).
The scales are adjusted by transferring plausible adjustment digit 1 (adjust-
ment digit 1 greater than adjustment digit 0).
The unit of weight can be specified as any 2 ASCII characters. This unit of
weight is only used for the display and printer. The unit of weight is not used
for internal calculations.
Weight
DIGITS
Full scale
524287
000000 Adjustment digit 1
Adjustment weight
Adjusted
scales zero
point
Dead load
Zero setting area
Calibration diagonal
Load cell
not loaded
Adjustment digit 0
Figure 3-2 Adjustment procedure
During adjustment (step 2) in operation requiring verification, the minimum
increment voltage of 0.5 mV/e is monitored for a scale interval. The operat-
ing mode can be set to “verification required” or “verification not required”.
Adjustment for
verification capa-
bility
Function Descri
p
tion
3-6 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
When the scales have already been adjusted, readjustment can be performed
with the “zero point valid” and/or “adjustment weight valid” command.
Note
When adjustment digits 0 and 1 contain the value 0, this indicates that the
SIWAREX M has not been adjusted.
Readjustment
Function Descri
p
tion
3-7
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
In special situations (e.g., no verification weights are available, etc.), a
theoretical adjustment can be performed although this reduces accuracy de-
pending on the characteristic value tolerances of the load cells. (Do not use
the theoretical adjustment for scales requiring verification.) The theoretical
adjustment is possible because the modules have already been pre-calibrated
at the factory. Use of the theoretical adjustment requires that the physical
setup of the scales be correct (e.g., free of force bypasses, cut-off loads, etc.).
There are 2 ways to perform theoretical adjustment.
1. Calculation of the adjustment digits based on the nominal data of the load
cells
2. Calculation of the adjustment digits based on the measuring logs of the
load cells
Transmission of the JD0 adjustment digits for the zero point of the scales and
the JD1 adjustment digits for the nominal load of the load cells on the SIWA-
REX M then replaces adjustment with adjustment weights.
You can calculate the adjustment digits yourself. Or you can enter the load
cell parameters in SIWATOOL and have the calculation done by the program.
Calculation of the adjustment digits also calculates the characteristic curve of
the scales. To conclude theoretical adjustment, the empty scales must be set
to zero. This determines the dead weight and deducts it from the present
weight value.
Calculation of the adjustment digits based on the nominal data of the
load cells
1. Set characteristic value range of the SIWAREX M (i.e., 1, 2 or 4 mV/V).
2. Specify the sum of the load cell nominal loads as the adjustment weight.
3. Enter the value 0 digits in “JD0 adjustment digits ”.
4. Calculate JD1:
JD1 +Char. val_LC * 504123 digits
Char. val. range of SIWAREX M Enter and send
5. Unload the scales, and activate the “set to zero” command.
Remember to use the “set to zero” command and not the “zero point
valid” adjustment command.
An even more precise theoretical adjustment can be achieved if the exact
data (offset and characteristic value) of the load cells used is known (see
measuring log of the load cells).
Theoretical
adjustment
Function Descri
p
tion
3-8 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Calculation of the adjustment digits based on the measuring logs of the
load cells
1. Since the load cells have a nominal characteristic value of 2 mV/V, the
characteristic value range 0 to 2 mV/V must be set for the SIWAREX M.
2. Specify and send the sum of the nominal load cell loads as the adjustment
weight.
3. Calculate JD0: JD0 +Offset_LC * 504123 digits
Char. val. range of SIWAREX M
4. Calculate JD1:
JD1 +Char. val._LC * 504123 digits
Char. val. range of SIWAREX M )JD0; Enter and send
5. Unload the scales and activate the “set to zero” command.
Remember to use the “set to zero” command and not the “zero point
valid” adjustment command.
Since there are no verification weights for 20-ton, pig iron scales, a theoreti-
cal adjustment is to be performed. The following technical information can
be taken from the measuring logs for the 3 load cells used.
Characteristic Value Offset
Load cell 1 2.0511 mV/V +17.23 mV/V
Load cell 2 1.9998 mV/V -12.47 mV/V
Load cell 3 2.0245 mV/V -9.01 mV/V
Calculated mean values 2.0251 mV/V -1.42 mV/V
Calculation of the adjustment digits:
Adj. digit 0 +*1.42 mVńV x 504123 digits
2mVńV+*358 digits
Adj. digit 1 +2.0251 mVńV x 504123 digits
2mVńV)(*358 digits)+510091 digits
Example
Function Descri
p
tion
3-9
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Data Words, Commands and Messages
Table 3-3 Data words, commands and messages for adjustment
Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments
S7/C7
Structure Name
Addr
No
Byte
Bit
Len
g
th
Variable Name
Addr. No. Byte Bit
Length
(Byte)
Decimal point
ADJ_DATA
102
3
12
42
WORD
Selection code (dec.)
0= xxxxxx *
1= xxxxx.x
2= xxxx xx
Decimal point
DEC_POINT
102 3 12 - 42 WORD 2= xxxx.xx
3= xxx.xxx
4= xx.xxxx
5= x.xxxxx
Characteristic value ran
g
e,
ADJ_DATA
104
3
14
42
DINT
Selection code (dec.)
1= 0 to 1 mV/V
Characteristic value range
,
SIWAREX M CHAR_VAL
104 3 14 - 42 DINT
1= 0 to 1 mV/V
2= 0 to 2 mV/V *
4= 0 to 4 mV/V
Operating mode
ADJ_DATA
90
3
0
42
WORD
Selection code (dec.)
0= Not subject to verification*
Operating mode
OPER_MODE
90 3 0 - 42 WORD 0= Not subject to verification*
2= Subject to verification
Adjustment digit 0
ADJ_DATA
122
3
32
42
DINT
0
*Adjustment digit 0
ADJ_DIGITS_0
122 3 32 - 42 DINT 0*
Adjustment digit 1
ADJ_DATA
126
3
36
42
DINT
0
*Adjustment digit 1
ADJ_DIGITS_1
126 3 36 - 42 DINT 0*
Adjustment weight
ADJ_DATA
112
3
22
42
DINT
10000
*Adjustment weight
ADJ_WEIGHT
112 3 22 - 42 DINT 10000*
Unit of weight
ADJ_DATA
108
3
18
42
ARRAY
kg
*Unit of weight
WEIGHT_UNIT
108 3 18 - 42 ARRAY kg*
Zero point valid
CMD
88
2
0
2
WORD
Selection code (dec ) = 1
Zero point valid CMD 88 2 0 - 2 WORD Selection code (dec.) = 1
Adjustment weight valid
CMD
88
2
0
2
WORD
Selection code (dec ) = 2
Adjustment weight valid CMD 88 2 0 - 2 WORD Selection code (dec.) = 2
Gross weight
WEIGHTS
320
30
0
12
DINT
Gross weight
GROSS
320 30 0 - 12 DINT
Gross weight indicated more precisely
WEIGHTS_H
338
32
0
8
DINT
Gross weight indicated more precisely
GROSS
338 32 0 - 8 DINT
Scales adjusted
STATUS
333
31
1
0
6
BOOL
Status information
Scales adjusted
SCALE_ADJ
333 31 1 0 6 BOOL Status information
Adjustment weight too small
Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Data error 02
Adjustment weight too small
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Data error 02
Min increment voltage too small
Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Data error 03
Min. increment voltage too small
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Data error 03
Distance between adjustment points too small
Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Data error 11
Distance between adjustment points too small
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Data error 11
S
p
ecified wei
g
ht
g
reater than
p
ermissible num- Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Data error 13
Specified weight greater than permissible num
-
ber range
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Data error 13
Illegal decimal point
Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Data error 14
Illegal decimal point
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Data error 14
Illegal characteristic value
Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Data error 15
Illegal characteristic value
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Data error 15
Illegal digit increment
Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Data error 16
Illegal digit increment
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Data error 16
Ad
j
ustment data not
p
ermitted since
p
ro
p
ortion- Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Handling error 01
Adjustment data not permitted since proportion
-
ing procedure is running
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 01
Ad
j
ustment command cannot be executed since Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Handling error 02
Adjustment command cannot be executed since
proportioning procedure is running.
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 02
Function Descri
p
tion
3-10 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 3-3 Data words, commands and messages for adjustment
CommentsFormatData RecordSIMATICFunction
S7/C7
Length
(Byte)
BitByteNo.Addr.
Structure Name Length
(Byte)
BitByteNo.Addr.
Variable Name
Function not executed since scales are verified
Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Handling error 07
Function not executed since scales are verified
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 07
Wait time of 5 seconds not adhered to
Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Handling error 10
Wait time of 5 seconds not adhered to
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 10
Distance between adjustment points too small
Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Handling error 22
Distance between adjustment points too small
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 22
* Factory setting of SIWAREX M
Function Descri
p
tion
3-11
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
3.4 Digit Increment
The digit increment determines the increment width of the indication values
gross, net and tare. Possible increments are 1, 2, 5, 10, 20 and 50. These
values can be indicated with increased resolution (factor 10).
A resolution of up to 6000 e (e = verification value, digit increment) is possi-
ble for operation subject to verification.
Table 3-4 Parameters and data for digit increment
Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments
S7/C7
Structure Name
Addr
No
Byte
Bit
Len
g
th
Variable Name
Addr. No. Byte Bit
Length
(Byte)
Digit increment
ADJ_DATA
110
3
20
42
BYTE
Selection code 1*,2,5,10,20,50
Code (dec )corresponds to the di
Digit increment
INCREMENT
110 3 20 - 42 BYTE Code (dec.)corresponds to the di-
git increment.
* Factory setting of SIWAREX M
The example below shows a digit increment with a scale interval of 5.
Increased resolution
(factor 10) gross/net more precise
Indication value
gross/net
Digit increment
Verification value (e)
Figure 3-3 Digit increment indication
Description
Example
Function Descri
p
tion
3-12 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
When scales are verified, the verification value “e” corresponds to the digit
increment.
Verification value
Function Descri
p
tion
3-13
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
3.5 Setting to Zero/Automatic Zero Offset
Soiled scales can cause a shift in the zero point of the scales. Setting to zero
resets the gross weight to zero. This zero point is then used for all subse-
quent weighing procedures until setting to zero is triggered again or the zero
point is shifted by the automatic zero point offset.
During operation with verification capability, the current gross value is moni-
tored to determine whether it is within the permissible zero setting range of
2% of the maximum load. During operation without verification capability,
there are no limits. After zero setting, the status display is set to 1/4d-zero
and remains in this state until this condition is no longer fulfilled.
Execution of this function requires that the scales be at a standstill.
When setting to zero is performed, any taring is also cancelled (i.e., the tare
memory is cleared).
The automatic zero point offset can be activated to suppress slight drifts
caused by temperature, creeping, etc. when the scales are not loaded.
The gross weight is automatically set to zero when the measured value re-
mains within the offset area around the zero point for a certain amount of
time.
The zero point offset operates with a maximum of 0.2 d/400 msec.
During operation with verification capability, the current gross value is moni-
tored to determine whether it is within the permissible zero setting range of
2% of the maximum load. If the zero setting range is exceeded, the zero
point is no longer updated automatically.
!Caution
With very slow proportioning, it must be ensured that the weight value in-
creases by more than 0.2 d/400 msec during the proportioning procedure or
the SIWAREX M will automatically offset the zero point and the setpoint
will never be reached.
If the weight increase during the proportioning procedure is less than 0.2
d/400 msec, the automatic zero offset function must be turned off.
Description of
setting to zero
Description of au-
tomatic zero offset
Function Descri
p
tion
3-14 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Messages, Set to Zero/Automatic Zero Offset
Table 3-5 Parameters and data for digital increment
Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments
S7/C7
Structure Name
Addr
No
Byte
Bit
Len
g
th
Variable Name
Addr. No. Byte Bit
Length
(Byte)
Maximum load
ADJ_DATA
116
3
26
42
DINT
Weight 10 000
*Maximum load
MAX_LOAD
116 3 26 - 42 DINT Weight 10 000*
Automatic zero point offset ON/OFF
SCALES_PARA
133
4
1
0
34
BOOL
1=ON
*
0=OFF
Automatic zero point offset ON/OFF
AUTO_ZERO
133 4 1 0 34 BOOL 1=ON*, 0=OFF
Set to zero CMD 88 2 0 - 2 WORD Selection code 5
Zero value more precise
EXTRA_INFO
430
43
4
10
DINT
0
*Zero value more precise
ZERO_VAL_H
430 43 4 - 10 DINT 0*
¼ d zero
STATUS
333
31
1
2
6
BOOL
Status information
¼ d zero
ZERO
333 31 1 2 6 BOOL Status information
STATUS
Gross weight outside the zero range ZERO_R_EX-
CEEDED
332 31 0 5 6 BOOL Status information
Set to zero/tarin
g
ran
g
e exceeded Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Handling error 08
Set to zero/taring range exceeded
(verified operation)
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 08
Set to zero not executed since scales Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Handling error 09
Set to zero not executed since scales
not at a standstill
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 09
Set to zero not executed since scales not adjusted
Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Handling error 11
Set to zero not executed since scales not adjusted
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 11
Set to zero not executed since
p
ro
p
ortionin
g
p
roce- Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Handling error 16
Set to zero not executed since proportioning proce
-
dure running
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 16
* Factory setting of SIWAREX M
Function Descri
p
tion
3-15
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
3.6 Taring
Taring sets the net weight to zero after the scales have been loaded with a
weight. During taring, the tare weight is loaded with the current gross
weight. After taring, only the additional weights on the scales are indicated
in the net weight.
In contrast to setting to zero, taring only applies to the current weight proce-
dure.
When weighing a container whose own weight is known, the weight of the
contents of the container (i.e., net weight) can be indicated via external tare
specification.
When external tare specification (manual, preset tare) is used, this value is
rounded to the set digit increment and loaded in the tare memory with the
“external tare specification valid” command.
The tare weight can be influenced in 3 different ways.
1. Via command: tare or delete tare memory. (Scales must be at a stand-
still.)
2. Automatically at the start of proportioning (i.e., start proportioning with
automatic taring)
3. Via “external tare specification valid” (manual, preset tare)
The SIWAREX M repors the status “tared” when the tare value is note equal
to 0.
The following formula is used to calculate the net weight for fill weighing.
Net* = Gross - Tare
If the scales have been parameterized for deduction weighing, the net value is
calculated as follows.
Net* = Tare - Gross
* Since the net weight is calculated internally with values of a higher
resolution, the calculation of normal weight values using the above
formula can result in rounding discrepancies.
During operation subject to verification, the current gross value is monitored
to determine whether it is below -2% of the maximum scales load. Since ta-
ring is not permitted with the negative gross weight, setting to zero is perfor-
med instead. If the gross value is less than –2% of the scales’ maximum load,
setting to zero is not performed.
Description
Scales tared status
Calculation
Operation which is
subject to
verification
Function Descri
p
tion
3-16 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Messages and Commands
Table 3-6 Messages and commands for the tare function
Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments
S7/C7
Structure Name
Addr
No
Byte
Bit
Len
g
th
Variable Name
Addr. No. Byte Bit
Length
(Byte)
Tare specified externally SPEC_TARE 256 28 0 - 4 DINT 0*
Tare CMD 88 2 0 - 2 WORD Selection code (dec.) 3
Externally specified tare is valid. CMD 88 2 0 - 2 WORD Selection code (dec.) 4
Delete tare CMD 88 2 0 - 2 WORD Selection code (dec.) 15
Net weight
WEIGHTS
324
30
4
12
DINT
Net weight
NET
324 30 4 - 12 DINT
Net more precise
WEIGHTS_H
342
32
4
8
DINT
0
*Net more precise
NET
342 32 4 - 8 DINT 0*
Tare weight
WEIGHTS
328
30
8
12
DINT
0
*Tare weight
TARE
328 30 8 - 12 DINT 0*
Tare more precise
EXTRA_INFO
426
43
0
10
DINT
0
*Tare more precise
TARE_H
426 43 0 - 10 DINT 0*
Tare information
EXTRA_INFO
434
43
9
0
10
WORD
Selection code:
0 = No manual (preset) tare value
Tare information
TARE_INFO
434 43 9 0 10 WORD
0 = No manual (preset) tare value
set *
1 = Manual (preset) tare value set
Scales tared
STATUS
333
31
1
1
6
BOOL
Status information
Scales tared
SCALE_TARED
333 31 1 1 6 BOOL Status information
Tare memor
y
loaded with manual
(p
reset
)
tare STATUS
332
31
0
3
6
BOOL
Status information
Tare memory loaded with manual (preset) tare
value MANUAL_TARE
332 31 0 3 6 BOOL Status information
Tare specified externally > maximum load or < 0
Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Data error 04
Tare specified externally > maximum load or < 0
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Data error 04
Tare command not executed since scales not at a Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Handling error 04
Tare command not executed since scales not at a
standstill
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 04
“Externall
y
s
p
ecified tare valid” command not Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Handling error 05
Externally specified tare valid command not
permitted since proportioning procedure running
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 05
Tare command not executed since maximum Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Handling error 06
Tare command not executed since maximum
load exceeded
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 06
Set to zero/tarin
g
ran
g
e exceeded
(
o
p
eration re- Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Handling error 08
Set to zero/taring range exceeded (operation re
-
quiring verification)
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 08
* Factory setting of SIWAREX M
Function Descri
p
tion
3-17
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
3.7 Limit Values/Empty Message
The SIWAREX M has three parameterizable limit values two of which can
be parameterized as minimum or maximum limit value. Limit value 3 is
always treated as the maximum limit value regardless of parameteriza-
tion. Limit value 3 is used as the overfill limit value for proportioning func-
tions.
The minimum or maximum function and the hysteresis can be parameterized
by specifying the switchon and cutoff points separately. For example, a hys-
teresis prevents the limit value output from constantly switching on and off
when the weight value is hovering around the parameterized weight value.
Specification of switchon value > cutoff value triggers the maximum func-
tion, and specification of cutoff value > switchon value triggers the minimum
function.
The limit values refer to both fill weighing and deduction weighing for the
gross weight. The state of the limit values is available as status information.
Output Output
ON ON
OFF OFF
Gross Gross
Parameterized as max. limit value Parameterized as min. limit value
Figure 3-4 Example of assigning parameters to limit values 1 to 3
Like the other limit values, the overfill limit value (i.e., maximum limit
value 3) can be parameterized with a hysteresis function. When the overfill
limit value is triggered, a proportioning procedure in progress at the time is
aborted in proportioning weighing mode.
The maximum load of the scales can be parameterized. When the maximum
load of the scales is exceeded by more than 9 digit increments, an appropriate
status message is output. In addition, the weight value is identified in indica-
tions as invalid and the weight value is not printed out. Exceeding the maxi-
mum load of the scales does not affect an active proportioning procedure.
Description of
limit values
Example
Overfill limit value
Maximum load
Function Descri
p
tion
3-18 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
!Warning
The limit values may not be used for functions involving safety/security.
Function Descri
p
tion
3-19
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Specification of switchon value = cutoff value represents a special case.
The table below provides information on this special case.
Table 3-7 Limit values - special cases
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Limit value 1 operates as max. function without hysteresis.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Active if gross
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
> Switchon/cutoff point 1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Inactive if gross
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
≤ Switchon/cutoff point 1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Limit value 2 operates as min. function without hysteresis.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Active if gross
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
< Switchon/cutoff point 2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Inactive if gross
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
≥ Switchon/cutoff point 2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Limit value 3 operates as max. function without hysteresis.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Active if gross
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
> Switchon/cutoff point 3
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Inactive if gross
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
≤ Switchon/cutoff point 3
After the scales are emptied, the weight value may not return to zero because
residual material is still left in the container. The empty message can be acti-
vated to determine whether the scales have been emptied even though the
weight value is not zero.
The empty message is output when a specified weight value (i.e., empty mes-
sage value) is passed below for a certain amount of time (i.e., empty message
delay time).
The empty message is withdrawn as soon as the gross weight value exceeds
the empty message value.
Empty
Empty message
Time
Gross weight
Empty
message
value
message
delay time
Figure 3-5 The empty message
Special case
Empty message
Function Descri
p
tion
3-20 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Messages and Data
Table 3-8 Assigned messages and data for limit value and empty message
Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments
S7/C7
Structure Name
Addr
No
Byte
Bit
Len
g
th
Variable Name
Addr. No. Byte Bit
Length
(Byte)
Switch on point for limit value 1
SCALES_PARA
142
4
10
34
DINT
10000
*Switch-on point for limit value 1
ON_LIMIT_1
142 4 10 - 34 DINT 10000*
Switch off point for limit value 1
SCALES_PARA
146
4
14
34
DINT
9990
*Switch-off point for limit value 1
OFF_LIMIT_1
146 4 14 - 34 DINT 9990*
Switch on point for limit value 2
SCALES_PARA
150
4
18
34
DINT
1000
*Switch-on point for limit value 2
ON_LIMIT_2
150 4 18 - 34 DINT 1000*
Switch off point for limit value 2
SCALES_PARA
154
4
22
34
DINT
1010
*Switch-off point for limit value 2
OFF_LIMIT_2
154 4 22 - 34 DINT 1010*
Switch on point for limit value 3
SCALES_PARA
158
4
26
34
DINT
9000
*Switch-on point for limit value 3
ON_LIMIT 3
158 4 26 - 34 DINT 9000*
Switch off point for limit value 3
SCALES_PARA
162
4
30
34
DINT
8990
*Switch-off point for limit value 3
OFF_LIMIT 3
162 4 30 - 34 DINT 8990*
Empty message value
SCALES_PARA
134
4
2
34
DINT
50
*Empty message value
EMPTY_VAL
134 4 2 - 34 DINT 50*
Empty message delay time
SCALES_PARA
138
4
6
34
TIME
5 sec
*Empty message delay time
EMPTY_D_TIME
138 4 6 - 34 TIME 5 sec.*
Limit value 1 active/inactive
STATUS
333
31
1
5
6
BOOL
Status information
Limit value 1 active/inactive
LIMIT_VAL_1
333 31 1 5 6 BOOL Status information
Limit value 2 active/inactive
STATUS
333
31
1
6
6
BOOL
Status information
Limit value 2 active/inactive
LIMIT_VAL_2
333 31 1 6 6 BOOL Status information
Limit value 3 active/inactive
STATUS
333
31
1
7
6
BOOL
Status information
Limit value 3 active/inactive
LIMIT_VAL_3
333 31 1 7 6 BOOL Status information
Maximum load + 9 e exceeded
STATUS
332
31
0
2
6
BOOL
Status information
Maximum load + 9 e exceeded
MAX_LOAD
332 31 0 2 6 BOOL Status information
Empty message active/inactive
STATUS
332
31
0
0
6
BOOL
Status information
Empty message active/inactive
EMPTY
332 31 0 0 6 BOOL Status information
Parameterization not executed since
p
ro
p
ortion- Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Handling error 12
Parameterization not executed since proportion
-
ing procedure is running
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 12
* Factory setting of SIWAREX M
Function Descri
p
tion
3-21
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
3.8 Standstill Monitoring
Standstill monitoring is used to determine that the scales are in a state of
stable equilibrium. Scales standstill is reported when the change in gross
weight is less than a specified area of fluctuation (i.e., standstill value) within
a specified period of time (i.e., standstill time). See figure 3-6.
Standstill time and standstill value can be parameterized as desired.
Standstill monitoring can be used to shorten a proportioning procedure. If
the standstill message occurs before the end of the settling time, a tolerance
check is immediately performed for the proportioning procedure. Premature
conclusion of the proportioning procedure via the standstill message in-
creases the productive time of the system. Shortening of the proportioning
time with the standstill message can also be deactivated (see proportioning
functions).
ts = Standstill time
ms = Standstill value
2 ms
ts
Figure 3-6 Standstill monitoring
Description
Function Descri
p
tion
3-22 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 3-9 Assigned messages and data
Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments
S7/C7
Structure Name
Addr
No
Byte
Bit
Len
g
th
Variable Name
Addr. No. Byte Bit
Length
(Byte)
Standstill value
ADJ_DATA
98
3
8
42
DINT
1
*Standstill value
STANDSTILL_VAL
98 3 8 - 42 DINT 1*
Standstill time
ADJ_DATA
94
3
4
42
TIME
2 5 sec
*Standstill time
STANDSTILL_TIME
94 3 4 - 42 TIME 2.5 sec.*
Standstill
STATUS
332
31
1
1
6
BOOL
Status information
Standstill
STANDSTILL
332 31 1 1 6 BOOL Status information
* Factory setting of SIWAREX M
Function Descri
p
tion
3-23
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
3.9 Fill Weighing/Deduction Weighing
(Proportioning Functions)
Proportioning can be performed in both fill weighing mode (i.e., proportion-
ing upwards) and deduction weighing mode (proportioning downwards).
Each time a “Start a proportioning procedure with automatic taring” is per-
formed, the net weight indicated at this time is set to zero. The signals for
coarse and fine flow are switched on.
When the scales are not at a standstill, coarse and fine flow are not switched
on until the SIWAREX M reports a scales standstill. When this happens, the
SIWAREX M reports the status indicating that proportioning has started and
standstill is being waited for.
When the coarse flow switchoff point is reached, the coarse flow signal is
switched off. When the fine flow switchoff point is reached, the fine flow
signal is also switched off.
The settling time is then started when fine flow is shut off. When the stand-
still message (if parameterized) arrives or at least after the settling time has
expired, a tolerance check is performed. With proportioning requiring verifi-
cation (i.e., ”operation requiring verification” mode), the tolerance check is
never performed until the standstill message arrives.
The finished message is output when no automatic reproportioning is to be
performed for a tolerance minus. The tolerance limits (positive and negative
tolerance specification value) can be specified separately.
If automatic log printout has been activated, the current weighing data at the
time of the finished message are printed out. These weighing data are stored
until the next proportioning procedure so that they can be called up via the
host system.
A running proportioning procedure can be interrupted (i.e., aborted) by the
following occurrences.
A stop command
A malfunction (operating mode: fault)
The overfill limit value is exceeded.
Transmission of proportioning parameters, proportioning data, adjustment
data or scales parameters
Transmission of data which are not plausible
BASP/OD
An interruption is indicated by the status “Proportioning aborted”.
Start
Start with
automatic taring
Procedure
Interruption of
proportioning
Function Descri
p
tion
3-24 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
An interrupted proportioning procedure can be continued with the “Start
without automatic taring” command. An interrupted proportioning procedure
can be continued with the ”start without automatic taring” command.
If the current net value is above the fine–flow switchoff point when propor-
tioning is interrupted, proportioning usually cannot be continued. The user
can parameterize the ”proportioning above fine–flow switchoff point possi-
ble” parameters so that continuation of proportioning is permitted. In such
cases, the fine flow is no longer activated, the tolerance is checked, and the
finished message is output. The fine–flow switchoff value is not optimized.
This is no longer possible after expiration of the internal SIWAREX M data
backup time (process data backup).
The setpoint can always be modified during a proportioning procedure as
long as the settling time is still inactive and the new setpoint is plausible.
If not plausible, the new setpoint is rejected with an error message and pro-
portioning is aborted.
Continuation of
proportioning
Setpoint
modification
Function Descri
p
tion
3-25
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Start with taring
Standstill
Coarse flow
Fine flow
Settling time
Finished
message
Proportioning
running
Proportioning
aborted
Fine flow switchoff
value
Coarse flow
switchoff value
Fine flow
switchoff point
Coarse flow
switchoff point
After running
Tolerance
Tolerance
limit +
Settling time 1)
Set point
Weight
t
Tolerance
limit -
Actual value
1)
1) Proportioning is concluded after the settling time expires. If parameterized,
the settling time can be aborted prematurely with the standstill message.
Figure 3-7 Diagram of fill weighing
Diagram
Function Descri
p
tion
3-26 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Note
Remember that there is a difference between switchoff points and switchoff
values.
Fine flow switchoff point = setpoint - fine flow switchoff value
Coarse flow switchoff point = setpoint - fine flow switchoff value
- coarse flow switchoff value
The switchoff values are always specified for SIWAREX M not the switchoff
points.
The fine flow and coarse flow values are also called afterrunning and prelim-
inary running.
The finished message is output when no automatic reproportioning is to be
performed for a tolerance minus. The tolerance limits (positive and negative
tolerance specification value) can be specified separately.
Coarse flow switchoff value
The coarse flow switchoff value is always a positive value.
Fine flow switchoff value
In exceptional cases, the fine flow switchoff value can also be a negative
value. With negative values, the fine flow switchoff point exceeds the set-
point.
It may be necessary to switch off fine flow when the setpoint is exceeded
(e.g., when the effect of compressed air creates an additive weight value
when a pneumatic conveyor with compressed air is used).
Example:
Setpoint = 100 kg
Fine flow switchoff point = 101 kg (corresponds to fine flow switch–
off value = -1 kg)
Due to material after running, an actual weight of 101.5 kg is achieved
(0.5 kg after running). If the conveyor’s compressed air is turned off now,
the weight value sinks back to 100 kg due to the effect of the compressed air.
Tolerance specification
Tolerance specifications are always positive values and are always specified
relative to the setpoint.
Example:
Setpoint = 100 kg
Tol + = 2 kg
Tol - = 1 kg
A tolerance range of 99 kg to 102 kg is defined by the specifications.
Switch-off points
Value
specifiacations
Function Descri
p
tion
3-27
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
3.10 Inching Mode
Inching mode is an alternate form of proportioning control. It is either used
to control complete proportioning procedures or to provide reproportioning
when initial proportioning was not sufficient (i.e., tolerance minus). See also
section 3.11.
The fine flow signal is switched on for a certain parameterizable inching
time. After this time expires, the fine flow signal is switched off and the set-
tling time is started. After the settling time expires, a check is made to deter-
mine whether the tolerance minus value has been exceeded (i.e., tolerance
check). If yes, the proportioning procedure is concluded. If not, the fine
flow signal is switched on again. This process is repeated until the tolerance
minus limit has been exceeded after expiration of the settling time.
The coarse flow signal is not used for this type of operation. Only the ‘fine
flow’ signal is used for proportioning.
Fine flow
tT
tB
Net
t
tolerance -
tB
Proportioning
finished tB: Settling time
tT
: Inching time
Setpoint
Figure 3-8 Inching mode
Inching mode can be activated by the following commands.
Start inching mode without taring
Start inching mode with taring
Start proportioning without taring with reproportioning as inching mode
Start proportioning with taring with reproportioning as inching mode
When the last two commands are used, proportioning is first started in stan-
dard proportioning mode (i.e., coarse/fine flow), and inching mode is only
started when reproportioning is necessary.
When start with taring is used, a waiting period follows until the scales come
to a standstill. Taring is then performed, and proportioning in the mode se-
lected is started.
Data record 4 (i.e., scales setting) specifies whether filling or deduction
weighing is to be used.
The inching
process
Function Descri
p
tion
3-28 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
3.11 Automatic Reproportioning
Automatic reproportioning is used for retroactive correction of an insufficient
proportioning procedure (i.e., underproportioning). During the first tolerance
check, a check is made to determine whether proportioning has at least been
performed up to the tolerance minus limit. If too little material has been pro-
portioned, proportioning is continued automatically.
There are two types of automatic reproportioning.
1. Reproportioning during inching mode
2. Continuous reproportioning
Figure 3-9 Automatic reproportioning when the tolerance minus limit is
underranged
With continuous reproportioning, the fine flow signal remains on until the
tolerance minus limit has been exceeded. The reproportioning procedure
may be performed several times (e.g., due to a pneumatic conveyor, the ac-
tual value sinks back to below the tolerance minus limit after the compressed
air is switched off). The effect of compressed air creates an additive weight
value.
Reproportioning in inching mode is similar to proportioning in inching mode.
See proportioning in inching mode in section 3.10.
Continuous
reproportioning
Reproportioning in
inching mode
Function Descri
p
tion
3-29
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Regardless of the type of reproportioning, a status bit indicates whether a
reproportioning procedure is currently in progress or whether the last propor-
tioning procedure involved an automatic reproportioning procedure. The
status bit is cleared when a new proportioning procedure is started. The bit is
also cleared when a new start is performed for the SIWAREX M. (e.g., power
OFF/ON).
The start command determines the type of reproportioning.
Proportioning can be started with the following commands. For command
codes, see description of data record 2.
1. Start proportioning with taring (without reproportioning)
2. Start proportioning without taring (without reproportioning)
3. Start inching mode with taring
4. Start inching mode without taring
5. Start proportioning with taring with continuous reproportioning up to tol-
erance minus
6. Start proportioning without taring with continuous reproportioning up to
tolerance minus
7. Start proportioning with taring with reproportioning as inching mode
8. Start proportioning without taring with reproportioning as inching mode
Reproportioning
message bit
Start commands
Function Descri
p
tion
3-30 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
3.12 Time Monitoring
Inching mode or automatic reproportioning is time-monitored. When a pro-
portioning procedure has not been concluded or has not been terminated after
expiration of the monitoring time tM (monitoring time reproportioning/inch-
ing mode), the ”time monitoring triggered for inching mode or reproportion-
ing” status is set. The status bit is not cleared until a new proportioning pro-
cedure is started. A running proportioning procedure is not terminated by
time monitoring. Monitoring time reproportioning/inching mode is started
under the following conditions.
– When a start of inching mode occurs
– When a reproportioning procedure begins regardless of the type of
reproportioning
For additional information, see also figure in chapter 3.14 (Monitoring the
Proportioning).
Time monitoring
(inching mode/re-
proportioning)
Function Descri
p
tion
3-31
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
3.13 Material Flow Monitoring
The material flow monitoring functions permit system malfunctions (e.g.,
material feeder is clogged) to be detected. Monitoring has no effect on run-
ning proportioning procedures (i.e., proportioning is not interrupted when
monitoring is triggered).
The parameterizable material flow monitoring functions are used for moni-
toring filling and emptying procedures. Material flow monitoring is always
active regardless of the proportioning procedures. The user must decide
whether and, if so, when the queued material flow errors will be evaluated by
logically linking appropriate status bits in the automation system. This pro-
vides a simple method of monitoring refilling and emptying procedures even
when these are not controlled by the SIWAREX M.
A material flow error is reported when the change in gross weight is less than
a specified fluctuation range (i.e., the material flow monitoring value) within
a specified period of time (i.e., the material flow monitoring time). This
monitoring function permits two different fluctuation ranges to be specified
and two different messages (i.e., status bits) to be generated.
The material flow monitoring procedures are similar to standstill monitoring.
See section 3.8.
The following parameters can be specified.
Material flow monitoring value 1 (coarse)
Material flow monitoring time 1 (coarse)
Material flow monitoring value 2 (fine)
Material flow monitoring time 2 (fine)
A material flow error is reported in DR31 (i.e., status information) with the
’material flow error 1’ and ’material flow error 2’ bits.
For additional information, see also figure in chapter 3.14 (Monitoring the
Proportioning).
Material flow
monitoring
Function Descri
p
tion
3-32 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
3.14 Monitoring the Proportioning: Coarse and Fine Flow
Phase
In addition to material flow monitoring which is not dependent on a propor-
tioning procedure (see section 3.13), two extra status bits are provided which
only report a material flow error while a coarse-fine flow proportioning pro-
cedure is running and the coarse or fine flow signal is activated. These two
proportioning phases (i.e., coarse/fine flow or only fine flow) are monitored
separately as shown below.
Basis for monitoring the coarse flow phase:
Material flow monitoring value coarse (D mC)
Material flow monitoring time coarse (D tC)
Basis for monitoring the fine flow phase:
Material flow monitoring value fine (D mF)
Material flow monitoring time fine (D tF)
A delay time for flow monitoring is necessary if there are reaction times re-
lated to mechanical processes (e.g., switching on the coarse or fine flow).
The delay time for coarse flow monitoring (tDC) is started while the
coarse flow is being switched on. The material flow error - coarse flow
message is not activated until this time expires.
The delay time for fine flow monitoring (tDF)is started or retriggered when
the fine flow is being switched on and when the coarse flow is being
switched off (i.e., transition from coarse/fine flow to ‘only fine flow’).
The material flow error - fine flow message is not activated until this time
expires.
Figure 3-10 Monitoring proportioning (with reproportioning)
Function Descri
p
tion
3-33
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
3.15 Optimization of the Fine Flow Switchoff Value
Optimization of the fine flow switchoff value is used to determine the opti-
mum fine flow switchoff value. This optimizes subsequent proportioning
procedures (i.e., short and precise proportioning times without reproportion-
ing).
At the end of a proportioning procedure, a new fine flow switchoff value (see
DR35) is calculated when the settling time expires. If the settling time is
terminated by a scales standstill (see proportioning parameters), the new
value is calculated when the settling time is terminated.
The user can select whether this new switchoff value is to be used automati-
cally during the next proportioning procedure or whether the old fine flow
switchoff value will continue to be used. The optimized value is always cal-
culated and offered as a suggestion anyway.
The new switchoff value is calculated with the formula shown below.
FFSVNew = FFSVOld - (Setpoint - current net weight) x 0.5
whereby:
FFSVNew = Newly calculated fine flow switchoff value
FFSVOld = Previous fine flow switchoff value
A negative fine flow switchoff value is permitted. It means that the fine flow
switchoff point is above the setpoint.
The updated FFSVNew is available with the finished message.
During an automatic reproportioning procedure, the calculation is only per-
formed during the first tolerance check.
The calculation is omitted during proportioning in inching mode or when
proportioning is terminated. The calculated switchoff value is not changed.
If parameterized, automatic acceptance of the new switchoff value in the pro-
portioning data record (i.e., DR23) occurs together with the finished mes-
sage. If new proportioning data are sent to the SIWAREX M before the next
proportioning procedure is started, these data are accepted and the current
fine flow switchoff value is overwritten.
The user is responsible for updating the user data outside the SIWAREX M
(e.g., scales data block, etc.). If necessary, the user must read out the propor-
tioning data after the FFSVs have been automatically accepted and, in partic-
ular when multi-component controllers are being used for different mate-
rials, store them separately.
Function
Function Descri
p
tion
3-34 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 3-10 Assigned messages, data and commands
Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments
S7/C7
Structure Name
Addr
No
Byte
Bit
Len
g
th
Variable Name Addr. No. Byte Bit
Length
(Byte)
Tolerance value +
PROP_DAT
198
23
0
20
DINT
0
*Tolerance value +
TOL_PLUS_VAL
198 23 0 - 20 DINT 0*
Tolerance value
PROP_DAT
202
23
4
20
DINT
0
*Tolerance value -
TOL_MINUS_VAL
202 23 4 - 20 DINT 0*
Setpoint
SETPOINT
194
22
0
20
DINT
0
*Setpoint SETPOINT 194 22 0 - 20 DINT 0*
Coarse flow switchoff value
PROP_DAT
206
23
8
20
DINT
0
*Coarse flow switchoff value
COARSE_VAL
206 23 8 - 20 DINT 0*
Fine flow switchoff value
PROP_DAT
210
23
12
20
DINT
0
*Fine flow switchoff value
FINE_VAL
210 23 12 - 20 DINT 0*
Optimized fine flow switchoff value
ADD_MEAS_VAL
358
35
0
24
DINT
0
*Optimized fine flow switchoff value
OPTI_FINE_VAL
358 35 0 - 24 DINT 0*
Settling time
PROP_DAT
214
23
16
20
TIME
2000 msec
*Settling time
SETTLING_TIME
214 23 16 - 20 TIME 2000 msec*
Inching time
ADD_PROP_PARA
260
29
0
48
TIME
1 sec
*Inching time
INCHING_TIME
260 29 0 - 48 TIME 1 sec*
Monitoring time
ADD_PROP_PARA
Monitoring time
Inching mode/reproportioning MON_TIME_INCH_
REPROP
264 29 4 - 48 TIME 10 sec*
Material flow monitoring time 1 (coarse)
ADD_PROP_PARA
268
29
8
48
TIME
3 sec
*Material flow monitoring time 1 (coarse)
MAT_FL_MON_T1
268 29 8 - 48 TIME 3 sec*
Material flow monitoring value 1 (coarse)
ADD_PROP_PARA
272
29
12
48
DINT
2
*Material flow monitoring value 1 (coarse)
MAT_FL_MON_V1
272 29 12 - 48 DINT 2*
Material flow monitoring time 2 (fine)
ADD_PROP_PARA
276
29
16
48
TIME
3 sec
*Material flow monitoring time 2 (fine)
MAT_FL_MON_T2
276 29 16 - 48 TIME 3 sec*
Material flow monitoring value 2 (fine)
ADD_PROP_PARA
280
29
20
48
DINT
1
*Material flow monitoring value 2 (fine)
MAT_FL_MON_V2
280 29 20 - 48 DINT 1*
Delay time for coarse flow monitoring
ADD_PROP_PARA
284
29
24
48
TIME
2 sec
*Delay time for coarse flow monitoring
DEL_TIME_MON_C
284 29 24 - 48 TIME 2 sec*
Delay time for fine flow monitoring
ADD_PROP_PARA
288
29
28
48
TIME
2 sec
*Delay time for fine flow monitoring
DEL_TIME_MON_F
288 29 28 - 48 TIME 2 sec*
Settling time aborted by standstill
PROP_PARA
167
5
1
1
4
BOOL
Selection code
0= Off
Settling time aborted by standstill
SETTLING_ABORT
167 5 1 1 4 BOOL 0= Off
1= On*
Automatic acce
p
tance of the o
p
timized fine flow PROP_PARA
167
5
1
2
4
BOOL
Selection code
0= Off
Automatic acceptance of the optimized fine flow
switchoff value AUTO_FINE_VAL
167 5 1 2 4 BOOL 0= Off
1= On*
Pro
p
ortionin
g
start above fine–flow switchoff
p
oint DOSI_PARA
166
5
0
6
4
BOOL
0= Yes
Proportioning start above fine
–
flow switchoff point
possible DOSI_M
166 5 0 6 4 BOOL
0= Yes
1= No
Scales setting: fill/deduction weighing
SCALES_PARA
133
4
1
1
34
BOOL
Selection code
0= Deduction weighing
Scales setting: fill/deduction weighing
FILL_DEDUCTION
133 4 1 1 34 BOOL 0= Deduction weighing
1= Fill weighing.*
Start proportioning with taring without reproportion-
ing CMD 88 2 0 - 2 WORD Selection code (dec.) 10
Start proportioning without taring without repropor-
tioning CMD 88 2 0 - 2 WORD Selection code (dec.) 12
Start inching mode with taring CMD 88 2 0 - 2 WORD Selection code (dec.) 20
Start inching mode without taring CMD 88 2 0 - 2 WORD Selection code (dec.) 22
Start proportioning with taring with reproportioning CMD 88 2 0 - 2 WORD Selection code (dec.) 30
* Factory setting of SIWAREX M
Function Descri
p
tion
3-35
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 3-10 Assigned messages, data and commands
CommentsFormatData RecordSIMATICFunction
S7/C7
Length
(Byte)
BitByteNo.Addr.
Structure Name Length
(Byte)
BitByteNo.Addr.
Variable Name
Start proportioning without taring with reproportion-
ing CMD 88 2 0 - 2 WORD Selection code (dec.) 32
Start proportioning with taring with reproportioning as
inching mode CMD 88 2 0 - 2 WORD Selection code (dec.) 40
Start proportioning without taring with reproportion-
ing as inching mode CMD 88 2 0 - 2 WORD Selection code (dec.) 42
Stop proportioning CMD 88 2 0 - 2 WORD Selection code (dec.) 11
Coarse flow on
STATUS
335
31
3
0
6
BOOL
Status information
Coarse flow on
COARSE
335 31 3 0 6 BOOL Status information
Fine flow on
STATUS
335
31
3
1
6
BOOL
Status information
Fine flow on
FINE
335 31 3 1 6 BOOL Status information
Tolerance deviation +
STATUS
335
31
3
2
6
BOOL
Status information
Tolerance deviation +
TOL_PLUS
335 31 3 2 6 BOOL Status information
Tolerance deviation
STATUS
335
31
3
3
6
BOOL
Status information
Tolerance deviation -
TOL_MINUS
335 31 3 3 6 BOOL Status information
Proportioning running
STATUS
335
31
3
4
6
BOOL
Status information
Proportioning running
PROP_RUN
335 31 3 4 6 BOOL Status information
Proportioning started wait for standstill
STATUS
335
31
3
5
6
BOOL
Status information
Proportioning started, wait for standstill
PROP_START
335 31 3 5 6 BOOL Status information
Proportioning aborted
STATUS
335
31
3
6
6
BOOL
Status information
Proportioning aborted
PROP_ABORT
335 31 3 6 6 BOOL Status information
Proportioning concluded (finished message)
STATUS
335
31
3
7
6
BOOL
Status information
Proportioning concluded (finished message)
PROP_END
335 31 3 7 6 BOOL Status information
Reproportioning was activated
STATUS
334
31
2
0
6
BOOL
Status information
Reproportioning was activated
REPROP_ACTIVE
334 31 2 0 6 BOOL Status information
Material flow error 1
STATUS
334
31
2
1
6
BOOL
Status information
Material flow error 1
MAT_FL_ERR_1
334 31 2 1 6 BOOL Status information
Material flow error 2
STATUS
334
31
2
2
6
BOOL
Status information
Material flow error 2
MAT_FL_ERR_2
334 31 2 2 6 BOOL Status information
Material flow error coarse flow
STATUS
334
31
2
3
6
BOOL
Status information
Material flow error - coarse flow
MAT_FL_ERR_C
334 31 2 3 6 BOOL Status information
Material flow error fine flow
STATUS
334
31
2
4
6
BOOL
Status information
Material flow error - fine flow
MAT_FL_ERR_F
334 31 2 4 6 BOOL Status information
Time monitorin
g
for inchin
g
mode/re
p
ro
p
ortionin
g
STATUS
334
31
2
5
6
BOOL
Status information
Time monitoring for inching mode/reproportioning
expired MON_INCH_REPROP
334 31 2 5 6 BOOL Status information
Start command not
p
ermitted since
p
ro
p
ortionin
g
p
ro- Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Handling error 23
Start command not permitted since proportioning pro
-
cedure running
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 23
Pro
p
ortionin
g
data not
p
ermitted since
p
ro
p
ortionin
g
Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Handling error 24
Proportioning data not permitted since proportioning
procedure running
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 24
Pro
p
ortionin
g
p
arameter not
p
ermitted since
p
ro
p
or- Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Handling error 25
Proportioning parameter not permitted since propor
-
tioning procedure running
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 25
* Factory setting of SIWAREX M
Function Descri
p
tion
3-36 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Messages, Fill Weighing and Deduction Weighing
Table 3-11 Messages for fill weighing
Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments
S7/C7
Structure Name
Addr
No
Byte
Bit
Len
g
th
Variable Name
Addr. No. Byte Bit
Length
(Byte)
Start command was not executed since Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Data error 05
Start command was not executed since
setpoint < switchoff value for fine flow
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Data error 05
Start command was not executed since
setpoint > overfill value gross weight
Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Data error 06
setpoint > overfill value-gross weight
(during start with automatic taring)
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Data error 06
Start command was not executed since
setpoint > overfill tare weight
Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Data error 07
setpoint > overfill-tare weight
(during start without automatic taring)
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Data error 07
Proportioning was aborted since
li it l 3 ( fill li it l ) d d
OPER ERR
**
9 - 1 - 1 BYTE
Operating error 03
limit value 3 (overfill limit value) exceeded or
zero setting or taring range exceeded
OPER_ERR**
- 51 4 2 6 BOOL
Operating error 03
Start command was not executed since
t ( t i t fi fl it h ff l ) t
Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Handling error 26
net > (setpoint-fine flow switchoff value) or net
> tolerance minus limit
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 26
** Message bit via indication word of FC SIWA-M
Table 3-12 Messages which differ for deduction weighing
Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments
S7/C7
Structure Name
Addr
No
Byte
Bit
Len
g
th
Variable Name
Addr. No. Byte Bit
Length
(Byte)
Start command was not executed since
setpoint > gross weight
Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Data error 09
setpoint > gross weight
(during start with automatic taring)
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Data error 09
Start command was not executed since
setpoint > tare weight
Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Data error 10
setpoint > tare weight
(during start without automatic taring)
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Data error 10
Function Descri
p
tion
3-37
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 3-13 Additional handling and data errors for setpoint change during running proportioning procedure
Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments
S7
Structure Name
Addr
No
Byte
Bit
Len
g
th
Variable Name
Addr. No. Byte Bit
Length
(Byte)
Setpoint was not accepted since Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Data error 08
Setpoint was not accepted since
setpoint-net weight < fine switchoff value
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Data error 08
Setpoint was not accepted since
setpoint > overfill value
-
tare weight
Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Data error 12
setpo
i
nt
>
over
fill
va
l
ue-tare
we
i
g
h
t
(during fill weighing)
Or setpoint > tare weight (deduction weighing)
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Data error 12
Setpoint was not accepted since Message via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Handling error 15
Setpoint was not accepted since
fine flow already switched off (after running)
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 15
“Start without taring” is used in the following situations.
To continue proportioning after a proportioning procedure has been
aborted
When a container whose remaining contents are unknown is to be
weighed and the tare value is specified “by hand”
Function Descri
p
tion
3-38 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
3.16 Operational Reliability
To increase operational reliability, the following test procedures are automati-
cally performed during each boot procedure of the SIWAREX M.
Initialization of the micro-controller (e.g., wait states, CS logic, interrupt
priorities, watchdog, timers, etc.)
Initialization of the I/O blocks (e.g., UART, A/D converter, etc.)
Initialization of the RAM (e.g., pointers, etc.)
EPROM test
RAM test
Check for data loss on the buffered RAM
EEPROM test
Load parameterization and adjustment data from EEPROM
Check load cell input for wire break
Table 3-14 Messages for the test routines
Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments
S7/C7
Structure Name
Addr
No
Byte
Bit
Len
g
th
Variable Name
Addr. No. Byte Bit
Length
(Byte)
RAM error, read-write test Message via diagnostic alarm 51 2 0 6 BOOL Internal error 01
RAM error, checksum test (buffer malfunction) Message via diagnostic alarm 51 2 1 6 BOOL Internal error 02
EEPROM error, checksum test Message via diagnostic alarm 51 2 2 6 BOOL Internal error 03
A/D converter error during read-in Message via diagnostic alarm 51 2 3 6 BOOL Internal error 04
Watchdog error Message via diagnostic alarm 51 2 4 6 BOOL Internal error 05
Minimum voltages for sense line passed below Message via diagnostic alarm 51 0 0 6 BOOL Internal error 01
Control limits exceeded/passed below Message via diagnostic alarm 51 0 1 6 BOOL Internal error 02
Booting
Function Descri
p
tion
3-39
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
3.17 Storing the Parameter Data
The parameters are stored on an EEPROM, safe from loss due to a power
failure.
!Caution
Since the permissible number of write cycles on the EEPROM is 100,000
cycles, a write-access is only performed when the data to be written differs
from the data already stored on the EEPROM. The parameter data (i.e., set-
ting data and print formats) are stored on the EEPROM.
Since the number of write cycles on an EEPROM is limited, cyclic write-
accesses to the EEPROM by the user program should be avoided.
Process data (i.e., data which change cyclically) are also protected from loss
due to a power failure. They are buffered in the RAM. Buffering time is up
to 72 hours but at least 6 hours.
When data records DR4/DR5 (i.e., scales and proportioning parameters) are
being changed continuously, these records should only be stored in the RAM
and not in the EEPROM. RAM/EEPROM storage can be selected in DR4/
DR5.
Table 3-15 Messages for storage of DR4/DR5
Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments
S7/C7
Structure Name
Addr
No
Byte
Bit
Len
g
th
Variable Name
Addr. No. Byte Bit
Length
(Byte)
Storage of DR4 SCALES_PARA
132
4
0
7
34
BOOL
Storage in:
0 = EEPROM*
Storage of DR4
(scales parameters) RAM_EEPROM
132 4 0 7 34 BOOL 0 = EEPROM*
1 = RAM
Storage of DR5 PROP_PARA
166
5
0
7
4
BOOL
Storage in:
0 = EEPROM*
Storage of DR5
(proportioning parameters) RAM_EEPROM
166 5 0 7 4 BOOL 0 = EEPROM*
1 = RAM
* Factory setting of SIWAREX M
Data backup dur-
ing power failure
Storing
DR4 and DR5
Function Descri
p
tion
3-40 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Write protection of the adjustment data is set by a DIP switch. This DIP
switch can be secured with a verification seal to prevent the adjustment data
of verified scales from being changed.
The following data records are write-protected and cannot be overwritten.
- DR3
- DR80
- DR81
Table 3-16 Messages for operation with verification capability
Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments
S7/C7
Structure Name
Addr
No
Byte
Bit
Len
g
th
Variable Name
Addr. No. Byte Bit
Length
(Byte)
Write access protection active
STATUS
333
31
1
3
6
BOOL
Status information
Write-access protection active
WRITE_PROT
333 31 1 3 6 BOOL Status information
Ad
j
ustment data were not chan
g
ed since o
p
era- Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Handling error 07
Adjustment data were not changed since opera
-
tion with verification capability
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 07
Write protection
for adjustment
data
Function Descri
p
tion
3-41
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
3.18 Special Functions
The original state of the SIWAREX M on delivery can always be restored
with the “Load factory setting” command after a data loss has occurred or
parameterization errors have been made.
Note
When certain commands (i.e., “zero point valid”, “adjustment valid” or
“load factory setting”) are called directly after each other, a waiting period
of 5 seconds must be maintained between calls. Otherwise the commands
will be rejected by the SIWAREX M.
A timeout prevents the maximum permissible number of write cycles for an
EEPROM from being exceeded by an accidental cyclic call of these com-
mands (see section 3.17).
When an attempt is made to call one of these three commands again within
these 5 seconds, the command is rejected and the 5-second waiting period
retriggered again.
After being turned on (i.e., power off/on), the SIWAREX M performs a reset.
Caution
The reset can also be triggered with a digital input. It is used exclusively for
internal plant testing. A SIMATIC S5 or S7 CPU must be in STOP status.
Date and time can be used for the print logs. The SIWAREX M can automat-
ically read in date and time both via a connected TD20 remote display and an
S7 CPU. To ensure synchronization when several scales are connected to one
CPU, priority is placed on fetching date and time from the S7 CPU.
The update rate is a maximum of 10 seconds. If neither system supplies date
and time, date and time are set to zero.
The source for date and time can be read from the data block.
When SIMATIC S7 applications are involved, SIWAREX M automatically
gets the current date and time from the data block. It is up to the user to pro-
vide the current date and time (e.g., by reading the real time clock of the
SIMATIC CPU).
Load factory
setting
Perform reset
Date and time
Function Descri
p
tion
3-42 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 3-17 Data and messages for special functions
Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments
S7/C7
Structure Name
Addr
No
Byte
Bit
Len
g
th
Variable Name
Addr. No. Byte Bit
Length
(Byte)
Date (month, day, year)
Time (hours, minutes) DATE_TIME 410 41 - - 8 DT 1990-01-01*
00:00:00
Source of date/time
STATUS
333
31
1
4
6
BOOL
Selection code
0 S5/S7 or none
Source of date/time
SOURCE_CLK
333 31 1 4 6 BOOL 0=S5/S7 or none
1=TD20
Load factory setting CMD 88 2 0 - 2 WORD Selection code (dec.) 13
* Factory setting of SIWAREX M
The following applies if date/time are not available on any system.
- Status information 1, bit 4 = 0
- Date and time set to 0
Function Descri
p
tion
3-43
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
3.18.1 Parameterization Function for Digital Inputs/Outputs
The SIWAREX M is equipped with three, floating, digital inputs with a nom-
inal voltage of 24 V.
These 3 digital inputs can be parameterized as desired. The internal com-
mand signals (e.g., set to zero, print, start proportioning, etc.) can be allo-
cated to any input by assigning the number of the command to the desired
input.
The status of each digital input is indicated on its own LED on the front of
the SIWAREX M.
An attempt to enter an illegal (i.e., non-existent) allocation number will be
rejected with an error message.
The digital inputs are read by the SIWAREX M every 20 msec.
For applications requiring a response message to non-executable commands
on the digital outputs (e.g., no scales standstill for print or taring command),
the “Command could not be executed via external contact” message can be
assigned to a digital output. This message is automatically reset after
2 seconds.
Notice
No priorities or modification rights have been assigned to the individual in-
terfaces. All commands assigned to the interfaces can always be issued
without restrictions to all interfaces at all times. The user is responsible for
realistic utilization.
Digital inputs
Function Descri
p
tion
3-44 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Data and Messages - Digital Inputs
Table 3-18 Data and messages
Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments
S7/C7
Structure Name
Addr
No
Byte
Bit
Len
g
th
Variable Name
Addr. No. Byte Bit
Length
(Byte)
Command input 1
DO_DI
174
6
4
8
BYTE
Selection code (dec ) = 11
Command input 1
ASSIGN_DI_1
174 6 4 - 8 BYTE Selection code (dec.) = 11
Command input 2
DO_DI
175
6
5
8
BYTE
Selection code (dec ) = 11
Command input 2
ASSIGN_DI_2
175 6 5 - 8 BYTE Selection code (dec.) = 11
Command input 3
DO_DI
176
6
6
8
BYTE
Selection code (dec ) = 11
Command input 3
ASSIGN_DI_3
176 6 6 - 8 BYTE Selection code (dec.) = 11
Command cannot be executed via external con- STATUS
332
31
0
4
6
BOOL
Status information
(
is automati-
Command cannot be executed via external con
-
tact EXT_CMD_NEG
332 31 0 4 6 BOOL
Status information (is automati
-
cally reset after 2 seconds)
Illegal command code
Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Data error 18
Illegal command code
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Data error 18
Command assignment for input not permitted
Message via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Handling error 18
Command assignment for input not permitted
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 18
Table 3-19 Selection codes for the digital inputs
Meaning Selection
Code (dec.)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Zero point valid (adjustment command)
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
01
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Adjustment weight valid (adjustment command)
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
02
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Taring
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
03
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Externally specified tare valid
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
04
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Set to zero
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
05
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Reset (for plant testing purposes only)
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
06
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Print text 1
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
07
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Print text 2
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
08
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Repeat last printout
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
09
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Start proportioning with taring
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
10
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Stop proportioning
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
11
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Start proportioning without taring
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
12
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Load factory setting
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
13
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Delete tare
ÁÁÁÁÁ
15
Start inching mode with taring 20
Start inching mode without taring 22
Start proportioning with taring and with reproportioning 30
Start proportioning without taring with reproportioning 32
Start proportioning with taring and with reproportioning as inching mode 40
Start proportioning without taring with reproportioning as inching mode 42
Assignment for DI
Function Descri
p
tion
3-45
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
The SIWAREX M has 4 floating, digital outputs (DO).
The digital outputs can be assigned as desired with weighing functions (inter-
nal status signals). Some examples are listed below.
Limit value 1 triggered
Proportioning running
Coarse flow signal
Group fault
The status of each digital output is indicated via an LED on the
SIWAREX M.
An inverted output (active low) is also possible for some safety-related status
signals.
An attempt to enter an illegal (i.e., non-existing) assignment number will be
rejected with an error message.
The digital outputs are updated by the SIWAREX M every 20 msec.
Note
The digital outputs are switched off for the BASP signal of the S7 CPU if the
BASP function was deactivated.
Table 3-20 Data and messages
Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments
S7/C7
Structure Name
Addr
No
Byte
Bit
Len
g
th
Variable Name
Addr. No. Byte Bit
Length
(Byte)
Signal output 1
DO_DI
170
6
0
8
BYTE
Selection code (dec ) = 23
Signal output 1
ASSIGN_DO_1
170 6 0 - 8 BYTE Selection code (dec.) = 23
Signal output 2
DO_DI
171
6
1
8
BYTE
Selection code (dec ) = 23
Signal output 2
ASSIGN_DO_2
171 6 1 - 8 BYTE Selection code (dec.) = 23
Signal output 3
DO_DI
172
6
2
8
BYTE
Selection code (dec ) = 23
Signal output 3
ASSIGN_DO_3
172 6 2 - 8 BYTE Selection code (dec.) = 23
Signal output 4
DO_DI
173
6
3
8
BYTE
Selection code (dec ) = 23
Signal output 4
ASSIGN_DO_4
173 6 3 - 8 BYTE Selection code (dec.) = 23
Signal assignment for output not permitted
Message via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Handling error 17
Signal assignment for output not permitted
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 17
Digital outputs
Function Descri
p
tion
3-46 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 3-21 Selection codes for the digital outputs
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Selection Code
(High Active)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Selection Code
Inverted
(Low Active)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Scales adjusted
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Scales tared
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1/4d-zero
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Write-access protection active
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
3
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Source of date/time
(0 = S7 or none; 1 = TD20)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
4
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Limit value 1 active/inactive
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
5
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
105
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Limit value 2 active/inactive
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
6
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
106
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Limit value 3 active/inactive
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
7
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
107
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Empty message active/inactive
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
8
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
108
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Standstill
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
9
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Max. load + 9 e exceeded
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
10
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
110
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Load tare memory with
manual (preset) tare value (pT)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
11
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Command could not be executed via
external contact
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
12
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Gross weight outside zero setting
range
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
13
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Group fault (hardware error)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
15
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
115
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Coarse flow on
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
16
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Fine flow on
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
17
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Tolerance deviation +
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
18
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Tolerance deviation -
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
19
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Proportioning running
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
20
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Proportioning started, wait for
standstill
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
21
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Proportioning aborted
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
22
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Proportioning concluded (finished
message)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
23
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
-
Material flow error 1 24 124
Material flow error 2 25 125
Material flow error, coarse flow 26 126
Material flow error, fine flow 27 127
Time monitoring in inching mode or
reproportioning has expired
28 -
Printing not possible 29 -
Reproportioning was activated 30 -
Function Descri
p
tion
3-47
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
3.18.2 Analog Output
The analog output is used to output an analog value (e.g., for a measured
value indication, a process recorder or a controller). This output is designed
as a 0/4 to 20 mA current output. The gross or net weight, or an externally
specified value from the SIMATIC or the host can be output on the analog
output.
The following output values are available on the analog output.
Gross weight
Net weight
Externally specified value
The analog output can be parameterized to either 0 to 20 mA, or 4 to 20 mA.
Using the 4 to 20 mA setting reduces the maximum effective resolution by
20%. The output is updated approximately every 350 msec. A scaling pro-
cedure is performed when a maximum value is specified. The maximum
resolution is 16 bits (65.535 parts).
When negative values are specified or when 0 is specified for the maximum
value, 0 or 4 mA is always output.
The output values are calculated as follows.
IOUT (0 to 20 mA) = Output Value / Max. Value * 20 mA
IOUT (4 to 20 mA) = 4 mA + (Output Value / Max. Value * 16 mA)
Note
When SIWAREX M starts up, the analog output is set to the initial value of
the output current range of the DA converter (i.e., 0 mA).
Note
When the BASP signal of the S7 CPU is active, 0 mA is output on the ana-
log ouput if the BASP function was not deactivated.
Description
Function Descri
p
tion
3-48 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 3-22 Data and messages
Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments
S7/C7
Structure Name
Addr
No
Byte
Bit
Len
g
th
Variable Name
Addr. No. Byte Bit
Length
(Byte)
Setup of the analog output
AO_PARA
182
9
0
10
WORD
Selection code (dec.)
0= Output externally
specified value
0 to 20 mA*
1= Output gross
0 to 20 mA
2= Output net
0 to 20 mA
Setup of the analog output
AO_SETUP
182 9 0 - 10 WORD
0
to
20
m
A
10= Output externally
specified value
4 to 20 mA
11= Output gross
4 to 20 mA
12= Output net
4 to 20 mA
Output maximum value on analog output
AO_PARA
188
9
6
10
DINT
10000
*Output maximum value on analog output
AO_MAX_VAL
188 9 6 - 10 DINT 10000*
* Factory setting of SIWAREX M
Setup: Output gross 0 to 20 mA
Maximum output value: 10 000
If the gross weight value is 5000, 10 mA are output on the analog output.
Remember that weight values are represented on the interfaces (e.g.,
SIMATIC S7) in fixed point format without unit of weight and decimal point.
Example: a gross weight value of 5000 can mean 50.00 kg or 500.0 t and so
on.
In our example, the extra information on the converter value of the DA con-
verter for the analog output includes approximately 32000 digits. This infor-
mation is only required for service purposes.
Example
Function Descri
p
tion
4-1
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Overview of System Integration
This section describes the available links to various host systems.
4
4-2 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
4.1 System Integration
There are several ways to link the SIWAREX M with a higher order host sys-
tem.
The P bus interface (i.e., the internal I/O bus of the SIMATIC S7) on the back
of the SIWAREX M housing can be used to integrate the SIWAREX M as a
function module directly in the SIMATIC S7-300. The SIWAREX M can
also be decentrally connected to the SIMATIC S7/C7/PCS 7 with the
IM 153-1 or IM 153-2 interface module.
The serial interfaces RS 232 and TTY permit connection to other host sys-
tems (e.g., a host computer).
Notice
No priorities or modification rights are assigned to the individual interfaces
with respect to the use of various interfaces. This means that all commands
assigned to the interfaces can be issued without restriction to all interfaces at
all times. It is up to the user to ensure realistic utilization.
IM 153-1/2
S7
Host
SIWAREX M
P bus
RS 232C
TTY
PROFIBUS-DP
S7
C7
PCS 7
Figure 4-1 Possible links to a host system
!Caution
Since only 100,000 write cycles are guaranteed for the EEPROM, write-ac-
cesses are only performed when the data to be written differ from the data
already stored on the EEPROM. Parameter data (i.e., settings and print lay-
outs) are stored on the EEPROM.
Since the number of write cycles is limited with an EEPROM, cyclic write-
accesses to the EEPROM by the user program should be avoided.
Description
Configurator
Overview of S
y
stem Inte
g
ration
4-3
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
The following table gives you an overview of data records which are pro-
vided by the SIWAREX M and are required for communication with a host
system.
Table 4-1 Data records provided by the SIWAREX M
DR No. Function Direc-
ti 1
Length
(B t )
Interfaces Store in
tion1(Bytes) S7 X1,
X2
Serial
EEPROM RAM
(Buffered)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Diagnostic Data
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
S7 diagnostic data record
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
4
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
S7 diagnostic data record
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
16
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
S7 parameter data record (not used)
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
4
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
S7 parameter data record (not used)
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
16
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Setting Data: Adjustment and Setting Values
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Commands
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
2
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR3 *
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Adjustment data
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r/w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
42
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR4
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Scales parameter
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r/w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
34
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Yes/no2
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No/yes2
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR5
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Proportioning parameter
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r/w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
4
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Yes/no2
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No/yes2
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR6
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Parameter for digital inputs and outputs
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r/w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
8
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR7
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Parameter for RS 232
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r/w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
2
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
Á
Á
Á
DR8
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Parameter for TTY
ÁÁÁ
Á
Á
Á
r/w
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
2
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
Á
Á
Á
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
Yes
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
No
ÁÁÁ
Á
Á
Á
ÁÁÁ
DR9
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Parameter for analog output
ÁÁÁ
Á
Á
Á
ÁÁÁ
r/w
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
10
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
Á
Á
Á
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Process Data: Weighing and Proportioning Data, Commands
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR22
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Setpoint
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r/w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
4
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR23
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Proportioning data
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r/w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
20
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR24
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Specified value f. analog output
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r/w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
4
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR26
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
String field 1
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r/w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
16
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR27
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
String field 2
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r/w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
16
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR28
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
External tare specification
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r/w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
4
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Yes
DR29 Additional proportioning parameters r/w 48 Yes Ye s No Yes
1 r: READ-access only; w: WRITE-access only; r/w: READ and WRITE-access
2 Depends on the parameter bit in data record DR4 or DR5
* After verification acceptance, can only be read–accessed
Overview of
data records
Overview of S
y
stem Inte
g
ration
4-4 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 4-1 Data records provided by the SIWAREX M
DR No. Store inInterfacesLength
(Bytes)
Direc-
tion1
FunctionDR No.
RAM
(Buffered)
EEPROMX1,
X2
Serial
S7
Length
(Bytes)
Direc-
tion1
Function
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Measuring values
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR30
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Weight values
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
12
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR31
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Status information (bit-coded)
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
6
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR32
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meas. values more precise
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
8
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR33
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Raw digit values
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
8
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR34
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Analog output value
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
4
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
DR35 Additional measured values r 24 Ye s Ye s No No
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Other
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR40
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Print data of last printout
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
28
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR41
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Date and time
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
8
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR42
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Type identifier/program version/switches
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
8
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR43
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Tare and set to zero value more precise
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r/w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
10
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Diagnostic Information
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR51
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Error information
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
6
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Print Layouts
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR80
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Text 1
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r/w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
80
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR81
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Text 2
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r/w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
80
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Communication
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR100
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Fetch telegram
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
1
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR101
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Acknowledgment telegram
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
3
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
1 r: READ-access only; w: WRITE-access only; r/w: READ and WRITE-access
2 Depends on the parameter bit in data record DR4 or DR5
* After verification acceptance, can only be read–accessed
Overview of S
y
stem Inte
g
ration
5-1
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300
5.1 Introduction
Note
The information contained in this documentation requires a knowledge of
handling the SIMATIC S7.
The FC SIWA-M function is required for communication of the
SIWAREX M and the SIMATIC S7 CPU.
Performance of startup synchronization
Transferring the weighing commands (e.g., taring, setting to zero and
so on)
Reading data from the SIWAREX M (e.g., reading measured values)
Writing data to the SIWAREX M (e.g., limit values, adjustment data and
so on)
Tasks of FC
SIWA-M (FC41)
5
5-2 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
5.1.1 Hardware Prerequisites
The SIWAREX M requires firmware status 0117 or higher.
The standard blocks can be executed with both the S7-300/400 and the
C7 CPUs.
5.1.2 Scope of Delivery
The SIMATIC S7 configuration package is supplied on CD-ROM. The CD-
ROM contains a STEP 7 project with the standard blocks and a sample pro-
gram. The sample program contains all data and code blocks required for
operation of the
SIWAREX M module.
In addition to the DB-SIWAREX, the project contains a data type declaration
(UDT).
The S7 SETUP program must be executed so that STEP 7 will list the
SIWAREX M in the catalog of modules.
The standard blocks and an example for the SIMATIC S7 are included on the
CD as an archived project. The user can move the blocks to his/her project
container.
SIWAREX M
SIMATIC S7
SETUP
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-3
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
5.2 Parameterizing the SIWAREX M Module
There are two ways to parameterize the SIWAREX M.
– Via the PC parameterization software SIWATOOL
– Via the SIMATIC S7 (entry of the scales parameters in the
DB-SIWAREX)
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-4 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
5.3 Communication Principle
This section describes communication between the SIWAREX M and the
SIMATIC S7 CPU.
DB-SIWAREX
Interface DB
DB n
FC41
NAME: SIWA-M
INST: DB n
DB-ARB
Working DB for FC41
DB n+1
DB-Vector
Vector-DB
(DB number is specified by
DB-SIWAREX)
STEP 7 user program
Job:
- Read weight
- Write setpoint
SIWAREX M
Parameter area
Measured values
Scales parameters
Command code
and similar
Application
mailboxes
- Read weight
- Write setpoint
Data transmission control:
e.g.: - Read the weight values
- Write setpoint
Example:
User program reads weight
values from SIWAREX M and
writes a new setpoint to
SIWAREX M.
Data transmission
control
Setpoint
Setpoint
Setpoint
Weight
Weight
Weight
Cyclic call
Additional reading of the actual
values via the I/O area of the
SIWAREX M
Figure 5-1 Transmission of weight values and the setpoint
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-5
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
The DB-SIWAREX interface data block is the interface to the STEP 7 user
program. One DB-SIWAREX is required for each SIWAREX M module.
Using the parameter area of DB-SIWAREX, the STEP 7 user program can
access weight values, status messages and scales parameters. In addition,
weighing commands (e.g., start proportioning) can be triggered by making
appropriate entries in the parameter area of the DB-SIWAREX.
Using a second area of the DB-SIWAREX (i.e., the application mailboxes),
the STEP 7 user program can control data transmission between the S7 and
the SIWAREX M. Appropriate entries in the application mailboxes specify
which data are to be transferred to the SIWAREX M or which data are to be
read by it. The FC SIWA-M standard function handles data transmission as
specified by the information in the application mailboxes.
The FC SIWA-M function must be called once per SIMATIC CPU cycle for
each SIWAREX M module with specification of the applicable DB number
of the related DB-SIWAREX.
The DB-ARB and DB-VECTOR data blocks are used for internal purposes.
Since they are of no interest to the user, they will not be described here.
Regardless of whether the FC SIWA–M function is called, the current actual
values and the status values can be read directly from the I/O area of the SI-
WAREX M (see 5.13).
Description
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-6 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
5.4 DB-SIWAREX, DB-ARB and DB-VECTOR
The DB-SIWAREX and DB-ARB data blocks are required once per
SIWAREX M module. The DB-VECTOR data block is only required once
per SIMATIC CPU.
DB-SIWAREX contains the data of the SIWAREX M module (i.e., parameter
area) and specifications for controlling data communication (i.e., application
mailboxes). Since DB-SIWAREX provides the user with the interface be-
tween the SIWAREX M and the SIMATIC S7, this DB will subsequently be
called the interface DB. The DB number of DB-SIWAREX is parameterized
with the INST parameter of FC SIWA-M. DB-SIWAREX must be present
once per SIWAREX M in the memory of the SIMATIC CPU. The DB num-
ber of DB-SIWAREX can be assigned as desired (e.g., DB10).
Example: DB10 for DB-SIWAREX
The second data block serves as the working data block for the FC SIWA-M
standard function. The data in DB-ARB may not be changed by the user
since this information is used for internal purposes. The DB-ARB must be
present once per SIWAREX M in the memory of the SIMATIC CPU. The
next higher DB number (as related to the DB-SIWAREX) must be assigned to
the DB-ARB.
Example: DB10 was assigned to DB-SIWAREX.
³ DB11 is then automatically assigned to DB-ARB.
A third data block, DB-VECTOR, is also required. The contents of
DB-VECTOR are always included with the delivery and may not be changed
by the user. DB-VECTOR must only be loaded once per CPU in the RAM of
the SIMATIC CPU. It can be used by any number of SIWAREX M modules.
The DB number of DB-VECTOR can be assigned by the user as desired.
The DB number of DB-VECTOR and the start address must be entered in
data words DBW2 and DBW4 of the interface block (i.e., DB-SIWAREX).
One DB-SIWAREX and one DB-ARB must be set up for each SIWAREX M
module.
Only one DB-VECTOR is required per SIMATIC CPU.
The DB-SIWAREX, DB-ARB and DB-VECTOR data blocks are set up by
copying them from the included sample project to your own project or by
generating them again using the data structure definition (UDT) included.
The blocks can be renamed. Data blocks for additional scales cannot be set
up as online copies within the CPU.
DB-SIWAREX
(interface DB)
DB-ARB
DB-VECTOR
Setting up the data
blocks
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-7
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
DB-VECTOR can also be easily appended to an existing data block by link-
ing the included UDT for DB-VECTOR in the desired data block. Remem-
ber that the DB number and the start of the data area in DB-SIWAREX
(DBW2 and DBW4) must be adapted.
A separate DB-SIWAREX must be set up for each SIWAREX M module.
The following information must be entered in the interface data block (i.e.,
DB-SIWAREX).
– The start address (i.e., interface address) of the SIWAREX M module.
(Address must be divisible by 16.)
And
– The pointer to DB-VECTOR
Data blocks DB-SIWAREX and DB-ARB store the current processing status
of FC SIWA-M.
Keep the following points in mind if data blocks are to be transferred from
the CPU to the programmer and reloaded to the CPU at a later date.
Before performing a new start, the following measures must be performed.
1. Delete all jobs from the application mailboxes of DB-SIWAREX.
2. Delete the error words of the individual application mailboxes.
3. Delete all data bytes in DB-ARB.
4. Remember that the stored (i.e., old) status is indicated for the actual val-
ues (i.e., measured value, status and so on) until FC SIWA-M has updated
them with an appropriate job.
The data areas are deleted by writing the value KH=00 in the corresponding
data byte.
There are two ways to perform the measures described in points 1 to 3.
– Delete the data bytes with a routine in the startup OB.
– Delete the data words manually on the programmer (on the data me-
dium).
Basic parameter-
ization of the
DB-SIWAREX
Copying the data
block from the
online project
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-8 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
5.5 Function Description of FC SIWA-M
The FC SIWA-M standard function handles startup synchronization with the
SIWAREX M. FC SIWA-M can be used to parameterize, control and moni-
tor the module. The data required for the function are stored in the interface
data block (i.e., DB-SIWAREX). The FC SIWA-M transfers data from the
interface data block to the SIWAREX M module and vice versa.
5.5.1 Calling the Function Block
STL representation LAD representation
CALL FC41: ( FC 41
INST := , --- EN ENO ---
IND := ); --- INST IND ---
5.5.2 Parameters of the Function Block
Table 5-1 Explanation of the parameters
Name Class Data
Type
Meaning Is ... by the
User
Is ... by the
Block
INST I INT Number of the
DB-SIWAREX
Specified dur-
ing the call
Scanned
IND O WORD Job status, extra
information
Scanned Entered
The FC SIWA-M function must be called with an appropriate INST parame-
ter once per CPU cycle and SIWAREX M.
It may only be called unconditionally in one processing level (i.e., either in
the cycle or in a time-controlled program level). The number of function
block may be changed (e.g., FC50).
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-9
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
5.5.3 Indication Word
The FC SIWA-M function contains an indication word (i.e., IND parameter)
as output parameter. The indication word is used to provide the user with a
return message on the current job status of the function.
IND parameter XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
7...Bit 7......0 ...0
Extra informationStatus
X = Set by FC SIWA-M
(Byte n) (Byte n+1)
When a job is concluded with errors (see bits of the indication word), the
extra information contains an error number indicating the exact cause of the
error.
Table 5-2 Causes of errors
Error No. (Decimal) Error No. (Hexadecimal) Cause of the Error
110 6E Module address not divisible by 16
112 70 Synchronization not possible
115 73 Timeout life bit monitoring triggered
117 75 An operational error has occurred.
Error evaluation via DB-SIWAREX (DBB 9)
223 DF An error occurred in an application.
Error evaluation via indication words of the application
mailboxes
Asynchronous error messages are errors which are not the direct result of a
weighing command or a data transmission.
Example:
Asynchronous errors: Internal errors, external errors and
operational errors (e.g., RAM errors and
wire breaks on load cells)
Synchronous errors: Handling and data errors (e.g., illegal
weighing command)
A data record defines an area in DB-SIWAREX. For example, when data
record DR23 (i.e., proportioning data) is transferred, address area 198 to 217
of DB-SIWAREX is transferred. See section 5.7 for the assignment of data
record number ↔ address area.
The data records themselves are described in detail in chapter 8.3.
Assignment of the
extra information
Definition of
terms:
Synchronous and
asynchronous
errors
Definition of
terms:
Data records
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-10 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
5.5.4 Description of the Bits of the Indication Word (IND)
Table 5-3 Description of the bits of the indication word
Bit in Indication Word Explanation Action by User Action by Block
Byte n, bit 7:
Startup finished with errors
= 1 Startup concluded with
errors
= 0 Startup (still not) con-
cluded
Scan only Set when startup was con-
cluded with errors
Reset when startup was con-
cluded without errors
Byte n, bit 6:
Startup running
= 1 Startup running
= 0 Startup concluded
Scan only Set when function detects a
module startup
Reset when startup synchro-
nization with module has been
concluded
Byte n, bit 5:
Interface busy with another
function
= 1 Interface is busy
= 0 Interface is free
Scan only Set when interface is busy with
another job
Reset as soon as own job is be-
ing processed
Byte n, bit 4:
Finished with errors
= 1 Job concluded with errors
= 0 Job (still) not concluded
Scan
If 1, then extra
information
must be evalu-
ated by the user.
Can be reset by
the user after er-
ror evaluation.
(Recom-
mended!)
Set when job was concluded
with errors
Reset automatically when job
is triggered again
Byte n, bit 3:
Data loss
Data loss message from
SIWAREX M
= 1 Data loss (buffer malfunc-
tion)
= 0 SIWAREX M configured
Scan
If 1, then user
must write
DR43 to
SIWAREX M.
Set or reset. Set when
SIWAREX M reports data loss
Reset automatically when error
acknowledged via:
- Transfer of DR43
- TD20
- SIWATOOL
Byte n, bit 2:
Group error
Group error bit of the block (in-
dication of an operational error
and timeout error for life bit)
= 1 Changes occurred.
= 0 No changes occurred.
Scan Set when an operational error is
reported (arriving or departing)
Reset when no change (arriv-
ing/departing) in operational er-
ror (BF bit) and no timeout life
bit were detected
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-11
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 5-3 Description of the bits of the indication word
Bit in Indication Word Action by BlockAction by UserExplanation
Byte n, bit 1:
Finished without errors
= 1 Job concluded without
errors
= 0 Job (still) not concluded
Scan
If 1, then job ex-
ecuted success-
fully
Can be reset by
user. Recom-
mended !
Set when job was concluded
without errors
Reset automatically when job
is triggered again
Byte n, bit 0:
Job running
= 1 Job running
= 0 Job not running
Scan Set as soon as job is triggered
Reset when job has been con-
cluded
Byte n+1, bits 0 to 7:
Extra information
<> 0 Job was concluded
with errors
= 0 Job was concluded with-
out errors
Scan
Extra informa-
tion is valid if
bit 4 of the low
byte n (finished
with errors) = 1.
Write when job has been con-
cluded (depending on error sta-
tus with 0 or a value not equal
to 0)
Delete automatically when job
is triggered again
5.5.5 EN/ENO Mechanism
Parameters EN and ENO only pertain to the graphic representations (i.e.,
LAD and FBD). When ENO is involved, the binary result (i.e., BIE) is set to
zero before the block is exited when processing was concluded with errors.
The binary result is set to one when processing was concluded without errors.
Errors have occurred if bit 4 of the low byte n (i.e., finished with errors) is set
in the indication word (i.e., the IND parameter).
An operational error message does not affect the binary result. Operational
errors are indicated via the indication word (bit 2 of the low byte n) of the
FC SIWA-M standard function.
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-12 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
5.5.6 How the FC SIWA-M Functions
The user uses the application mailboxes to specify which data are to be read
from the SIWAREX M module and which data are to be written to the
SIWAREX M module. The entry can be made either with the S7 Editor or
from the user program. In addition, valid scales parameters must have al-
ready been entered in DB-SIWAREX.
There are 3 application mailboxes for writing data records.
1. WRITE_DATA_1
2. WRITE_DATA_2
3. WRITE_COMMAND
There are 2 application mailboxes for reading data records.
1. READ_DATA_1
2. READ_DATA_2
When the function reports with the indication word that no job is running,
new jobs can be specified with the application mailboxes. If the function is
now called, the application mailboxes set up a copy which FC SIWA-M can
access during continued processing. This copy contains the entire job to be
processed. Several cycles may be required to process the job. The function
reports with the “job running” indication word while the job is being
processed.
7...Bit 7......0 ...0 Meaning
DBB n
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
XXX XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
0X
DBB n+2
DBB n+4
DBB n+6
Pointer to DR number (dec.)
Transmission control bit field
Indication word 1 (DBW n+4)
Indication word 2 (DBW n+6)
Bit
DBB n+1
DBB n+3
DBB n+5
DBB n+7
The user specifies which data records are to be read or written by specifying
a pointer to a data record number and a transmission control bit field.
The pointer specifies the data record number at which the data transmission
is to start. The bit position of the transmission control bit field specifies
which of the 15 subsequent data records are to be transferred.
Error evaluation can be performed via the indication words.
The transmission control bit field is not reset until all related data records of
the particular application have been read or written.
Application mail-
boxes
Calling the
FC SIWA-M
Setup of the
WRITE_DATA and
READ_DATA
applications
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-13
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Use of the WRITE_DATA_1 application
Data records DR3, 4, 6 and 9 are to be written.
7...Bit 7......0 ...0 Meaning
DBB 20/DBB 21
0000000100101100
01
DBB 22/DBB 23
Pointer to DR number
Transmission control bit field
Pointer to DR1 + offset 2 = DR3
Pointer to DR1 + offset 3 = DR4
Pointer to DR1 + offset 5 = DR6
Pointer to DR1 + offset 8 = DR9
The WRITE_COMMAND application is set up similar to the WRITE_DATA
and READ_DATA applications.
To trigger a weighing command, the appropriate command code (e.g., com-
mand code 3 for taring) must be entered in data record DR2 of the
DB-SIWAREX (DB_SIWAREX.CMD) and bit 0 in DBB 47 must be set to 1
in the bit field for DR2 transmission.
Note
Command data record DR2 must be transferred with the
WRITE_COMMAND application. It cannot be transferred with the
WRITE_DATA applications.
7...Bit 7......0 ...0 Meaning
DBB n
X
XXX XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
00
DBB n+2
DBB n+4
DBB n+6
Reserved
DR2 transmission control bit field
Indication word 1 (DBW n+4)
Indication word 2 (DBW n+6)
X = Set or read by the user
Bit
DBB n+1
DBB n+3
DBB n+5
DBB n+7
Example
Setup of the
WRITE_COMMAND
application
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-14 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
DBB n: Always 0
DBB n+1: For WRITE_DATA and READ_DATA applications:
Pointer to DR number: 0 to 51
For WRITE_COMMAND application:
Not used
DBB n+2: For WRITE_DATA and READ_DATA applications:
Bit field for transmission control:
Bit 0: Offset 8 to “pointer to DR number”
: :
Bit 6: Offset 14 to “pointer to DR number”
Bit 7: Offset 15 to “pointer to DR number”
For the WRITE_COMMAND application:
Bits 0 to 7: Not used
DBB n+3: For WRITE_DATA and READ_DATA applications:
Bit field for transmission control:
Bit 0: Offset 0 to “pointer to DR number”
Bit 1: Offset 1 to “pointer to DR number”
: :
Bit 5: Offset 5 to “pointer to DR number”
Bit 6: Offset 6 to “pointer to DR number”
Bit 7: Offset 7 to “pointer to DR number”
For the WRITE_COMMAND application:
Bit 0: Write command data record (DR2)
DBB n+4: Assignment of indication word 1:
Bit 7: Not used
Bit 6: Not used
Bit 5: Not used
Bit 4: Job finished with errors
Bit 3: Not used
Bit 2: Not used
Bit 1: Job finished without errors
Bit 0: Job running
DBB n+5: Bit 7 to 0: Extra information
Assignment of the
application mail-
boxes
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-15
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
When a job is concluded with errors, extra information contains an error
number specifying the exact cause of the error.
Table 5-4 Causes of errors (extra information)
Error No.
(Decimal)
Error No.
(Hexadecimal)
Cause of Error
14 0E Error during internal call of SFC RD_REC
15 0F Error during internal call of SFC WR_REC
17 11 Timeout for job interface
217 D9 Data record number does not exist
218 DA Data record number not permitted
219 DB WRITE_COMMAND was not transferred.
– Is only reported via the
WRITE_COMMAND application
– Additional information: See “Errors While
processing an Application.”
220 DC Running job aborted by synchronization (e.g., for
restart)
221 DD SIWAREX M reports finished with handling error.
(See section 11.3.)
222 DE SIWAREX M reports finished with data error.
(See section 11.1.)
DBW n+6: Assignment of indication word 2:
Indication word 2 contains extra information concerning an
error reported by indication word 1. If the job is processed
correctly, indication word 2 contains the value W#16#0000.
Table 5-5 Indication word
If indication word 1 (byte n+5) reports Then indication word 2 contains
Error No.
(Decimal)
Error No.
(Hexadecimal)
Cause of Error
14 0E Error during internal call of SFC
RD_REC
(SIMATIC S7 system function)
RET_VAL of SFC RD_REC
For error code, see manuals of
SIMATIC S7.
15 0F Error during internal call of SFC
WR_REC
(SIMATIC S7 system function)
RET_VAL of SFC WR_REC
For error code, see manuals of
SIMATIC S7.
221 DD Finished with handling errors Error code (handling errors)
(See section 11.3.)
222 DE Finished with data errors Error code (data errors)
(See section 11.1.)
Assignment of the
extra information
(indication word 1)
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-16 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
After all jobs have been processed, a check is made at each call to determine
whether the trigger parameters (transmission control bit field) is unequal to
W#16#0000. If one or more jobs are found, the parameterization is checked
and a copy is made for processing. This copy contains the entire job.
The IND indication word always refers to the entire job. The status message
“job running” (bit 0 of low byte n = 1 in IND parameter of
FC SIWA-M) is reported during the entire time of the execution of the entire
job. “Job finished without errors” (bit 1 of low byte n = 1 in IND indication
word) is not reported until all triggered jobs have been executed.
The trigger bits of the application (transmission control bit field) are not reset
until all related data records of the particular application have been read or
written.
When an application has been concluded with errors, “job finished with er-
rors” (bit 4 of low byte n = 1 in IND indication word) is output with extra
information (errors occurred during an application) after the entire job has
been executed.
When an error (synchronous error message) occurs during an application,
processing of this application is aborted and the next application is called.
When a write function is concluded with errors, the application is aborted
with the status “end with errors” and an appropriate error message. The
WRITE_COMMAND application is no longer executed. The status “end
with errors” and the error message “WRITE_COMMAND not transferred”
are entered in the indication word 1.
Example:
Using the WRITE_DATA_1 application, a new (but incorrect because nega-
tive) setpoint is written to the SIWAREX M. At the same time, proportioning
is started with command code 10 (start proportioning with automatic taring)
using the WRITE_COMMAND application.
The SIWAREX M rejects the incorrect setpoint.
(Message via indication words of the WRITE_DATA_1 application)
– Indication word 1: DBB 24, bit 4 = 1: Job finished with error
– Indication word 1: DBB 25 (extra information)
Code = DE (hex) ³ Finished with error since
data error occurred
– Indication word 2: DBW 26
Code = 13 (dec.) ³ Permissible number
range exceeded. See section 11.1.
Starting proportioning can no longer be executed.
(Message via indication words of the WRITE_COMMAND application)
– Indication word 1: DBB 48, bit 4 = 1: Job finished with error
– Indication word 1: DBB 49 (extra information)
Code = DB (hex) ³ WRITE_COMMAND
was not transferred.
– Indication word 2: Irrelevant
Processing
applications
Errors during the
processing of an
application (syn-
chronous errors)
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-17
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
!Warning
When errors occur, take suitable measures to evaluate them.
When a job has been concluded with a data error or a handling error, the er-
ror code (see section 11) is copied to indication word 2 of the application.
DB-SIWAREX always contains the latest data error or handling error.
Even when an error occurred during a write function, the parameterized read
functions are always executed.
The FC SIWA-M checks to determine whether the trigger bit (DBX47.0:
transmission control command, bit 0) has been set in the
WRITE_COMMAND application mailbox. If the trigger bit is set, data re-
cord DR2 (DB_SIWAREX.CMD) is then checked to determine whether the
command code = 11 (STOP command) has been entered. If yes, this is trans-
ferred to the module first and then the write and read jobs are executed in
sequence.
Processing sequence with STOP command:
1. WRITE_COMMAND
2. WRITE_DATA_1
3. WRITE_DATA_2
4. READ_DATA_1
5. READ_DATA_2
Processing sequence with unequal to STOP command:
1. WRITE_DATA_1
2. WRITE_DATA_2
3. WRITE_COMMAND
4. READ_DATA_1
5. READ_DATA_2
Special features of
the WRITE_COM-
MAND application
mailbox
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-18 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
5.6 Reporting of Asynchronous Errors
Asynchronous error messages (i.e., life bit errors, operational errors, internal
errors and external errors) can occur at any time.
The FC SIWA-M monitors a life bit to determine whether the SIWAREX M
is still “alive.” Monitoring is always active even when no jobs are running.
Output of the error message is derived from the number of FC calls. The
number of FC calls that can occur before an error message (i.e., timeout) is
issued is prespecified in DB-SIWAREX (DB_SIWAREX.MAX_CALLS).
The value can be changed if necessary by the user.
The permissible value range is between +20 and +32767. If the user enters
an invalid value, the FC SIWA-M automatically overwrites this value with
the maximum value (i.e., +32767). If the timeout is triggered, bit 2 of the
low byte n (group error) of the indication word of FC SIWA-M is set and the
error number 73 hex is entered in the extra infomation.
The timeout is self-acknowledging.
When the SIWAREX M reports an operational error, group error bit 2 of the
low byte n in the indication word of FC SIWA-M is set and error number 75
hex is entered in the extra information. The “OPER_ERR” variables in
SIWAREX-DB contain precise information on the operational error. For a
detailed description of the error, see section 11.2 of this manual.
In addition, an entry is made in the diagnostic buffer of the CPU for opera-
tional errors. The following identifiers are entered in the diagnostic buffer.
Table 5-6 Entry in the diagnostic buffer of the CPU when operational error arrives
Operational Errors Entry
Event-ID W#16#A301
Extra information 1 Error code for operational errors
Extra information 2 Module address
The OPER_ERR data area of SIWAREX-DB is cleared during startup.
!Warning
When errors occur, take suitable measures to evaluate them.
Life bit monitoring
Operational errors
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-19
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Internal and external errors are reported to the CPU with a diagnostic alarm.
This causes an entry to be made in the diagnostic buffer and the diagnostic
alarm OB (i.e., OB82) to be called. The user can then use the start informa-
tion in the diagnostic alarm OB to determine the location and cause of the
error and provide an appropriate reaction.
If the diagnostic alarm OB does not exist (i.e., CPU 312 IFM) or is not pro-
grammed, the CPU branches to STOP status when an alarm occurs.
How to proceed
1. When a diagnostic alarm is triggered, the diagnostic alarm OB
(i.e., OB82) is called. If the S7 CPU does not have this OB, the CPU
assumes the STOP state.
2. If the diagnostic alarm is to be evaluated, a program for evaluating the
local data of OB82 or diagnostic data record DR0 must be provided in
OB82. See section 8.3 for the layout of data record DR0.
For additional information on evaluating DR0, see the reference manual of
the SIMATIC S7-300/400.
Table 5-7 Local data of OB82
Type of Error Cause Affected Local Data Bits Measure
Int. error 01 RAM error
(read-write check)
OB82_INT_FAULT
OB82_RAM_FAULT
See section 11.4.
Int. error 02 RAM error (checksum test) -
buffer malfunction
OB82_INT_FAULT
OB82_BCKUP_FAULT
OB82_RAM_FAULT
See section 11.4.
Int. error 03 EEPROM error
(checksum test)
OB82_INT_FAULT
OB82_EPROM_FAULT
See section 11.4.
Int. error 04 A/D conversion error during
read-access
OB82_INT_FAULT
OB82_ADU_FAULT
See section 11.4.
Int. error 05 Watchdog has triggered OB82_INT_FAULT
OB82_WTCH_DOG_FLT
If the error occurs again, call
the hotline. The module may
have to be sent in for repairs.
See section 11.4.
Ext. error 01 Minimum voltage on sense lines
underranged
OB82_EXT_FAULT
OB82_ADU_FAULT
See section 11.5.
Ext. error 02 Control limit exceeded or under-
ranged
OB82_EXT_FAULT
OB82_ADU_FAULT
See section 11.5.
Ext. error 05 Remote display interface mal-
function (time monitoring)
OB82_EXT_FAULT
OB82_COMM_FAULT
See section 11.5.
External 24 V is missing. OB82_EXT_FAULT
OB82_EXT_VOLTAGE
Internal errors and
external errors
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-20 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
When the FC SIWA-M detects a data loss on the SIWAREX M module, this
is reported to the user via the IND indication word
(bit 3 of the low byte n = 1). The error is acknowledged by transferring data
record DR43 (tare and zero setting value more precise) to the SIWAREX M.
Transmission of DR43 must be triggered by the user.
The error can also be acknowledged via SIWATOOL or a TD20 (if con-
nected).
Data loss message
from the
SIWAREX M
module (buffer
malfunction)
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-21
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
5.7 Assignment of SIWAREX-DB Data Block
Table 5-8 Layout of DB-SIWAREX
Addr. Variable Name Type Initial Value Comments
0 MOD_ADDR_IN INT +256 Input/output address of the module
(as specified in HW Config)
Input and output addresses must be the
same!
2 DB_VECTOR_NO INT +12 DB no. of DB-VECTOR
4 DB_VECTOR_BEGIN INT +0 Beginning of DB-VECTOR (1st byte)
6 MAX_CALLS INT 1000 Maximum number of block calls (timeout
monitoring for startup synchronization,
life bit and job processing)
Can be set from 10 to 32767
8 BGRD_OFF BOOL FALSE Background processing off
9 OPER_ERR BYTE B#16#00 Error code for operational errors
10 RES_10 ARRAY [1..5] of
WORD
5(W#16#0000) In reserve
APPL_WR_DT1 STRUCT WRITE_DATA_1 application
20 RES_0 BYTE B#16#00 In reserve
21 DRNO BYTE B#16#00 Data record number (DR3-DR81)
22 BITFIELD WORD W#16#0000 Bit field
24 INDW1 WORD W#16#0000 Indication word 1
26 INDW2 WORD W#16#0000 Indication word 2
END_STRUCT
APPL_WR_DT2 STRUCT WRITE_DATA_2 application
28 RES_0 BYTE B#16#00 In reserve
29 DRNO BYTE B#16#00 Data record number (DR3-DR81)
30 BITFIELD WORD W#16#0000 Bit field
32 INDW1 WORD W#16#0000 Indication word 1
34 INDW2 WORD W#16#0000 Indication word 2
END_STRUCT
36 RES_36 ARRAY [1 to 4]
of WORD
4(W#16#0000) In reserve
APPL_WR_CMD STRUCT WRITE_COMMAND application
44 RES_0 WORD W#16#0000 In reserve
46 BITFIELD WORD W#16#0000 Bit field (bit 0 ¢ DR2)
48 INDW1 WORD W#16#0000 Indication word 1
50 INDW2 WORD W#16#0000 Indication word 2
END_STRUCT
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-22 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 5-8 Layout of DB-SIWAREX
Addr. CommentsInitial ValueTypeVariable Name
APPL_RD_DT1 STRUCT READ_DATA_1 application
52 RES_0 BYTE B#16#00 In reserve
53 DRNO BYTE B#16#00 Data record number (DR3-DR81)
54 BITFIELD WORD W#16#0000 Bit field
56 INDW1 WORD W#16#0000 Indication word 1
58 INDW2 WORD W#16#0000 Indication word 2
END_STRUCT
APPL_RD_DT2 STRUCT READ_DATA_2 application
60 RES_0 BYTE B#16#00 In reserve
61 DRNO BYTE B#16#00 Data record number (DR3-DR81)
62 BITFIELD WORD W#16#0000 Bit field
64 INDW1 WORD W#16#0000 Indication word 1
66 INDW2 WORD W#16#0000 Indication word 2
END_STRUCT
68 RES_68 ARRAY [1 to 4]
of WORD
4#
(W#16#0000)
In reserve
76 RES_76 STRUCT In reserve
END_STRUCT
CMD WORD W#16#0000 DR2: Commands
ADJ_DATA STRUCT DR3: Adjustment data
90 OPER_MODE WORD W#16#0000 Operating mode
92 SCALES_TYPE WORD W#16#0000 Type of scales
94 STANDSTILL_TIME TIME T#2s_500ms Standstill time
98 STANDSTILL_VAL DINT L#1 Standstill value
102 DEC_POINT WORD W#16#0000 Decimal point
104 CHAR_VAL DINT L#2 Characteristic value area
SIWAREX M
108 WEIGHT_UNIT ARRAY [1, 2] of
CHAR
:=1 (’k’), 1
(’g’)
Unit of weight
110 INCREMENT BYTE B#16#01 Increment
111 LIMIT_FREQ BYTE B#16#02 Digital filter, limit frequency
112 ADJ_WEIGHT DINT L#10000 Adjustment weight
116 MAX_LOAD DINT L#10000 Maximum load
120 LANGUAGE WORD W#16#0000 Language
122 ADJ_DIGITS_0 DINT L#0 Adjustment digits 0
126 ADJ_DIGITS_1 DINT L#500000 Adjustment digits 1
130 SCALE_NO BYTE B#16#00 Scales number
131 BYTE41 BYTE B#16#00 In reserve
END_STRUCT
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-23
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 5-8 Layout of DB-SIWAREX
Addr. CommentsInitial ValueTypeVariable Name
SCALES_PARA STRUCT DR4: Scales parameters
132.0 BIT8 BOOL FALSE In reserve
132.1 BIT9 BOOL FALSE In reserve
132.2 BIT10 BOOL FALSE In reserve
132.3 BIT11 BOOL FALSE In reserve
132.4 BIT12 BOOL FALSE In reserve
132.5 BIT13 BOOL FALSE In reserve
132.6 BIT14 BOOL FALSE In reserve
132.7 RAM_EEPROM BOOL FALSE DR4 storage
(1 = RAM, 0 = EEPROM)
133.0 AUTO_ZERO BOOL TRUE Scales setting: Auto. zero offset
133.1 FILL_DEDUCTION BOOL TRUE Scales setting: Fill/deduction
weighing
133.2 BIT2 BOOL FALSE In reserve
133.3 BIT3 BOOL FALSE In reserve
133.4 BIT4 BOOL FALSE In reserve
133.5 BIT5 BOOL FALSE In reserve
133.6 BIT6 BOOL FALSE In reserve
133.7 BIT7 BOOL FALSE In reserve
134 EMPTY_VAL DINT L#50 Empty message value
138 EMPTY_D_TIME TIME T#5s_0ms Empty message delay time
142 ON_LIMIT_1 DINT L#10000 Switch-on point for limit value 1
146 OFF_LIMIT_1 DINT L#9990 Switch-off point for limit value 1
150 ON_LIMIT_2 DINT L#1000 Switch-on point for limit value 2
154 OFF_LIMIT_2 DINT L#1010 Switch-off point for limit value 2
158 ON_LIMIT_3 DINT L#9000 Switch-on point for limit value 3
162 OFF_LIMIT_3 DINT L#8990 Switch-off point for limit value 3
END_STRUCT
PROP_PARA STRUCT DR5: Proportioning parameters
166.0 BIT8 BOOL FALSE In reserve
166.1 BIT9 BOOL FALSE In reserve
166.2 BIT10 BOOL FALSE In reserve
166.3 BIT11 BOOL FALSE In reserve
166.4 BIT12 BOOL FALSE In reserve
166.5 BIT13 BOOL FALSE In reserve
166.6 DOSI_M BOOL FALSE Proportioning above the fine–
flow switchoff point possible
166.7 RAM_EEPROM BOOL FALSE DR5 storage
(1 = RAM, 0 = EEPROM)
167.0 AUTO_PRINT BOOL FALSE Automatic printout for finished
message
167.1 SETTLING_ABORT BOOL TRUE Settling time aborted by standstill
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-24 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 5-8 Layout of DB-SIWAREX
Addr. CommentsInitial ValueTypeVariable Name
167.2 AUTO_FINE_VALUE BOOL FALSE Automatic acceptance of optim.
fine flow switchoff value
167.3 BIT3 BOOL FALSE In reserve
167.4 BIT4 BOOL FALSE In reserve
167.5 BIT5 BOOL FALSE In reserve
167.6 BIT6 BOOL FALSE In reserve
167.7 BIT7 BOOL FALSE In reserve
168 WORD1 WORD W#16#0000 In reserve
END_STRUCT
DO_DI STRUCT DR6: Parameter for digital inputs and
outputs
170 ASSIGN_DO_1 BYTE B#16#05 Assignment signal output 1
171 ASSIGN_DO_2 BYTE B#16#06 Assignment signal output 2
172 ASSIGN_DO_3 BYTE B#16#07 Assignment signal output 3
173 ASSIGN_DO_4 BYTE B#16#0F Assignment signal output 4
174 ASSIGN_DI_1 BYTE B#16#07 Assignment command input 1
175 ASSIGN_DI_2 BYTE B#16#03 Assignment command input 2
176 ASSIGN_DI_3 BYTE B#16#0F Assignment command input 3
177 BYTE7 BYTE B#16#00 In reserve
END_STRUCT
178 RS232_PARA WORD W#16#0003 DR7: Parameter for RS 232 interface
180 TTY_PARA WORD W#16#0000 DR8: Parameter for TTY interface
AO_PARA STRUCT DR9: Parameter for analog output
182 AO_SETUP WORD W#16#0001 Basic setting for analog output
184 AO_RES DINT L#0 In reserve
188 AO_MAX_VAL DINT L#10000 Maximum output value for analog
output (end value)
END_STRUCT
192 RESERVED_1 WORD W#16#0000 DR20: In reserve
194 SETPOINT DINT L#0 DR22: Setpoint
PROP_DATA STRUCT DR23: Proportioning data
198 TOL_PLUS_VAL DINT L#0 Tolerance plus value
202 TOL_MINUS_VAL DINT L#0 Tolerance minus value
206 COARSE_VAL DINT L#0 Coarse flow switchoff value
210 FINE_VAL DINT L#0 Fine flow switchoff value
214 SETTLING_TIME TIME T#2s_0ms Settling time
END_STRUCT
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-25
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 5-8 Layout of DB-SIWAREX
Addr. CommentsInitial ValueTypeVariable Name
218 SPEC_VAL_AO DINT L#0 DR24: Externally specified value for ana-
log output
222 RESERVED_2 WORD W#16#0000 DR25: In reserve
224 STRING_FIELD_1 ARRAY[1..16]
OF CHAR
16 (’ ’) DR26: String field 1
240 STRING_FIELD_2 ARRAY[1..16]
OF CHAR
16 (’ ’) DR27: String field 2
256 SPEC_TARE DINT L#0 DR28: Externally specified tare
ADD_PROP_PARA STRUCT DR29: Additional proportioning parame-
ters
260 INCHING_TIME TIME T#1s_0ms Inching time
264 MON_TIME_INCH_
REPROP
TIME T#10s_0ms Monitoring time: Inching mode/
reproportioning
268 MAT_FL_MON_T1 TIME T#3s_0ms Material flow monitoring time 1
(coarse)
272 MAT_FL_MON_V1 DINT L#2 Material flow monitoring value 1
(coarse)
276 MAT_FL_MON_T2 TIME T#3s_0ms Material flow monitoring time 2
(fine)
280 MAT_FL_MON_V2 DINT L#1 Material flow monitoring value 2
(fine)
284 DEL_TIME_MON_C TIME T#2s_0ms Delay time for coarse flow moni-
toring
288 DEL_TIME_MON_F TIME T#2s_0ms Delay time for fine flow moni-
toring
292 RESERVE29_DINT1 DINT L#0 In reserve
296 RESERVE29_DINT2 DINT L#0 In reserve
300 RESERVE29_DINT3 DINT L#0 In reserve
304 RESERVE29_DINT4 DINT L#0 In reserve
308 RESERVE29_DINT5 DINT L#0 In reserve
312 RESERVE29_DINT6 DINT L#0 In reserve
316 RESERVE29_WORD1 WORD W#16#0000 In reserve
318 RESERVE29_WORD2 WORD W#16#0000 In reserve
END_STRUCT
WEIGHTS STRUCT DR30: Weight values
320 GROSS DINT L#0 Gross weight
324 NET DINT L#0 Net weight
328 TARE DINT L#0 Tare weight
END_STRUCT
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-26 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 5-8 Layout of DB-SIWAREX
Addr. CommentsInitial ValueTypeVariable Name
STATUS STRUCT DR31: Status information
332.0 EMPTY BOOL FALSE Empty message active/inactive
332.1 STANDSTILL BOOL FALSE Standstill
332.2 MAX_LOAD BOOL FALSE Maximum load + 9 e exceeded
332.3 MANUAL_TARE BOOL FALSE Load tare memory with manual
(preset) tare (pT)
332.4 EXT_CMD_NEG BOOL FALSE Command cannot be executed via
ext. contact.
332.5 ZERO_R_EXCEEDED BOOL FALSE Gross weight not within zero set-
ting range
332.6 PRINT_NOT_POSS BOOL FALSE Printing not possible
332.7 SYS_ERR BOOL FALSE System malfunction
(hardware fault)
333.0 SCALE_ADJ BOOL FALSE Scales adjusted
333.1 SCALE_TARED BOOL FALSE Scales tared
333.2 ZERO BOOL FALSE ¼ d zero
333.3 WRITE_PROT BOOL FALSE Write protection active
333.4 SOURCE_CLK BOOL FALSE Source time/date (S7/TD20)
333.5 LIMIT_VAL_1 BOOL FALSE Limit value 1 active/inactive
333.6 LIMIT_VAL_2 BOOL FALSE Limit value 2 active/inactive
333.7 LIMIT_VAL_3 BOOL FALSE Limit value 3 active/inactive
334.0 REPROP_ACTIVE BOOL FALSE Reproportioning was activated
334.1 MAT_FL_ERR_1 BOOL FALSE Material flow error 1
334.2 MAT_FL_ERR_2 BOOL FALSE Material flow error 2
334.3 MAT_FL_ERR_C BOOL FALSE Material flow error, coarse
334.4 MAT_FL_ERR_F BOOL FALSE Material flow error, fine
334.5 MON_INCH_REPROP BOOL FALSE Time monitoring for inching
mode/reproportioning has been
triggered.
334.6 OP_ERR BOOL FALSE Operational error
334.7 BIT_2_15 BOOL FALSE In reserve
335.0 COARSE BOOL FALSE Coarse flow on
335.1 FINE BOOL FALSE Fine flow on
335.2 TOL_PLUS BOOL FALSE Tolerance deviation +
335.3 TOL_MINUS BOOL FALSE Tolerance deviation -
335.4 PROP_RUN BOOL FALSE Proportioning running
335.5 PROP_START BOOL FALSE Proportioning started. Wait for
standstill.
335.6 PROP_ABORT BOOL FALSE Proportioning aborted
335.7 PROP_END BOOL FALSE Proportioning finished
336 WORD2 WORD W#16#0000 In reserve
END_STRUCT
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-27
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 5-8 Layout of DB-SIWAREX
Addr. CommentsInitial ValueTypeVariable Name
WEIGHTS_H STRUCT DR32: Measured values more precise
338 GROSS DINT L#0 Gross more precise
342 NET DINT L#0 Net more precise
END_STRUCT
DIGITS STRUCT DR33: Raw digit values
346 UNFILTERED DINT L#0 Unfiltered raw value
350 FILTERED DINT L#0 Filtered raw value
END_STRUCT
AO_VAL DINT L#0 DR34: Analog output value
ADD_MEAS_VAL STRUCT DR35: Additional measured values
358 OPTI_FINE_VAL DINT L#0 Optimized fine flow switchoff
value
362 RESERVE35_DINT1 DINT L#0 In reserve
366 RESERVE35_DINT2 DINT L#0 In reserve
370 RESERVE35_DINT3 DINT L#0 In reserve
374 RESERVE35_DINT4 DINT L#0 In reserve
378 RESERVE35_WORD1 WORD W#16#0000 In reserve
380 RESERVE35_WORD2 WORD W#16#0000 In reserve
END_STRUCT
PRINT_DAT STRUCT DR40: Print data of last printout
382 GROSS DINT L#0 Gross weight of last printout
386 NET DINT L#0 Net weight of last printout
390 TARE DINT L#0 Tare weight of last printout
394 WEIGHING_NO DINT L#0 Consecutive weighing number
398 DATE_TIME DT DT#1990-01-
01-00:00:00
Date and time of last printout
406 SETPOINT DINT L#0 Setpoint of last printout
END_STRUCT
DATE_TIME DT DT#1990-01-
01-00:00:00
DR41: Date and time
VERS STRUCT DR42: Type ID/program version/
switches
418 TYPE_ID WORD W#16#0000 Type identifier
420 PROG_VERSION WORD W#16#0000 Program version
422 SWITCHES WORD W#16#0000 Switch settings (DIP switches)
424 CHANNEL_TYPE BYTE B#16#00 Channel type
425 BYTE9 BYTE B#16#00 In reserve
END_STRUCT
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-28 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 5-8 Layout of DB-SIWAREX
Addr. CommentsInitial ValueTypeVariable Name
EXTRA_INFO STRUCT DR43 Tare and zero setting value more
precise
426 TARE_H DINT L#0 Tare more precise
430 ZERO_VAL_H DINT L#0 Zero setting value more precise
434 TARE_INFO WORD W#16#0000 Tare information
END_STRUCT
USER_INFO STRUCT DR50 In reserve
436 BYTE0 BYTE B#16#00 In reserve
437 BYTE 1 BYTE B#16#00 In reserve
438 BYTE 2 BYTE B#16#00 In reserve
439 BYTE 3 BYTE B#16#00 In reserve
440 BYTE 4 BYTE B#16#00 In reserve
441 BYTE 5 BYTE B#16#00 In reserve
442 WORD4 WORD W#16#0000 In reserve
END_STRUCT
ERR_CODE STRUCT DR51: Asynchronous error messages for
internal service purposes only
444 EXT_ERR WORD W#16#0000 Error information on external er-
rors, bit-coded
446 INT_ERR WORD W#16#0000 Error information on internal er-
rors, bit-coded
448 OPER_ERR WORD W#16#0000 Error information on operational
errors, bit-coded
END_STRUCT
DB-ARB Working data block DB-ARB is present once per SIWAREX M module. It is
used by the FC SIWA-M function for internal data storage. It may not be
overwritten by the user. DB-ARB must be set up with a minimum length of
80 bytes.
DB-VECTOR is present once per CPU. The contents of DB-VECTOR are
included and may not be changed by the user.
Use of a separate data block for DB-VECTOR is not mandatory. If neces-
sary, the data area can also be located in another data block. This only re-
quires that the included UDT be linked to the desired data block. The DB
number and the start of DB-VECTOR must also be entered in
DB-SIWAREX.
DB-VECTOR
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-29
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
5.8 Background Processing
On request of the module, the standard function FC SIWA-M can nest in a
background job. Background jobs can be switched off by the user via the
BGRD_OFF in DB-SIWAREX. A running background job is indicated with
bit 5 of low byte n = “1” in the IND word (i.e., interface currently busy with
another function).
The background jobs are listed below.
Table 5-9 Background jobs
Data Record Meaning Triggered By
Write Read
DR41 Write date and time
DR43 Read process data
(tare and zero setting value
more precise)
Request of the SIWAREX M
module
DR42 Read type identifier and
program version
Startup synchronization
(DR42 is always read after
startup synchronization and
cannot be disabled.)
When the date and time are requested by the SIWAREX M module,
FC SIWA-M transfers data record DR41 to the module. The user must ensure
that the contents (i.e., date and time) in DB-SIWAREX are current at this
point in time.
The SIWAREX M module informs FC SIWA-M that data record DR43
(i.e., tare and zero setting value more precise) is to be read by the module.
This job is enabled as soon as the interface is free (i.e., background process-
ing).
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-30 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
5.9 Startup Behavior
The interface is synchronized during the initial accesses to the module after
CPU startup. The “startup running” status message (bit 6 of low byte n) is
output in the IND indication word of the FC SIWA-M function as long as the
startup routines are being executed. After startup synchronization is com-
pleted, the status bit is reset and the block is in standby status (i.e., “job run-
ning” status bit = “0”). The type identifier and the firmware version number
(i.e., data record DR42) are then read once and entered in DB-SIWAREX.
The applications can now be processed.
If synchronization cannot be performed within a certain period of time, the
“startup finished with errors” status message (i.e., bit 7 of low byte n = “1”)
is output together with appropriate extra information in the IND indication
word. The monitoring time is specified with the MAX_CALLS variable in
DB-SIWAREX.
During a CPU new start, the new start OB (i.e., OB100) is executed first fol-
lowed by cyclic program processing which starts at the beginning of OB1.
FC SIWA-M cannot be called in the new start OB (i.e., OB100).
If a running job is interrupted by a new start, indication word 1 reports “job
aborted due to synchronization” to the application. Block parameter IND
does not indicate an error message. After conclusion of startup synchroniza-
tion, FC SIWA-M places a new copy of the application in the working DB
and starts processing the job again from the beginning.
5.10 Alarm Processing
The basic parameters (DR0) can be modified in HW-CONFIG (STEP 7).
During configuration of the rack, the parameterization window for the basic
parameters (DR0) can be accessed by a double click after the SIWAREX M
modules have been entered. Any modified data are stored in an SDB and
then transferred from the CPU to the module each time a startup occurs.
The diagnostic alarms of the SIWAREX M can be enabled or disabled in the
parameterization window for the basic parameters.
SIWAREX M does not use process alarms.
If enabled in HW-CONFIG, internal and external asynchronous errors are
reported by diagnostic alarms.
CPU new start
Basic parameters
DR0 and DR1
Process alarms
Diagnostic alarms
(asynchronous
errors)
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-31
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Caution
The 24 V must be turned on and off at the same time as the 24 V for the SI-
MATIC CPU or the ET 200. Otherwise there may be problems with alarm
generation.
Evaluation of the diagnostic alarms is described under “Internal and external
errors” in section 5.6 (“Reporting of Asynchronous Errors”).
Evaluation of
alarms
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-32 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
5.11 Technical Data
Table 5-10 Technical data
FC SIWA-M DB SIWAREX DB ARB DB VECTOR
Name SIWA_M DB_SIWA DB_ARB DB_VECTO
Family SIWAREX M SIWAREX M SIWAREX M SIWAREX M
Block number1) FC41 DB10 DB11 DB12
Version V1.1 V1.2 V1.1 V1.1
Loading memory requirements 3600 bytes 1240 bytes 178 bytes 718 bytes
MC7 code length 3130 bytes 450 bytes 80 bytes 208 bytes
Working storage requirements 3166 bytes 486 bytes 116 bytes 244 bytes
Allocation in local data area 50 bytes ---
Allocation in marker area 0 bytes ---
Nesting depth 12) 000
1) Can be changed by the user
2) System functions of the operating system (SFCs) are called.
The processing times of the FC SIWA-M standard function are listed in the
tables below. Depending on the hardware configuration (i.e., central or dis-
tributed configuration of the SIWAREX M module) and cycle time of the
CPU, varying numbers of FC calls are required for processing a single read
or write job. While a read job can be executed with one block call under
optimal conditions, a write job always requires at least 3 block calls.
Table 5-11 Processing times in msec with the S7-300
CPU 313/CPU 314 CPU 315/CPU 315-2DP
Standby 0.8 to 1.2 0.6 to 1.0
Read data record 3.5 to 4.1 0.8 to 2.2
Write data record 0.7 to 3.3 0.4 to 0.6
Table 5-12 Processing times in msec with the S7-400
CPU 413-2DP
Standby 0.2 to 0.3
Read data record 1.4 to 2.3
Write data record 0.4 to 1.9
Block processing
times
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-33
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
5.12 Sample Application
5.12.1 Description
The included example shows the application of the FC SIWA-M standard
function. It contains all required coding and data blocks and provides a quick
introduction to the use of the SIWAREX M. The sample application can be
executed on both the S7-300 and S7-400. It demonstrates how the
SIWAREX M can be controlled and monitored with the FC SIWA-M stan-
dard function.
It is easy to modify or expand the sample program, if necessary, to suit your
own requirements.
The program is organized in two phases.
During the first phase, the weight values are read cyclically for faster and
simpler hardware testing.
During the second phase of the sample program (i.e., expanded sample
application), all functions of the SIWAREX M can be run through.
The sample program requires the following hardware.
S7-300 programmable controller (mounting rail, power supply and CPU)
Or
S7-400 programmable controller (module rack, power supply and CPU
with DP connection) with distributed I/O (mounting rail, power supply,
IM 153-1 and PROFIBUS-DP connection cable)
Or
S7-300 programmable controller (mounting rail, power supply and CPU
with DP connection) with distributed I/O (mounting rail, power supply,
IM 153-1 and PROFIBUS-DP connection cable)
SIWAREX M with connected load cell
Programmer with STEP 7 (e.g., PG 740)
If the expanded sample program is being used, digital input modules
(4 bytes) and digital output modules (4 bytes) or simulator modules are
also required.
The digital inputs and digital outputs are not required when all functions
are performed with the “monitor and force variable” PG function. If you
use this method, copying in OB1 of the inputs to the markers and markers
to outputs must be deleted.
Function scope
Hardware
prerequisites
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-34 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
The sample program is designed for the following I/O addresses.
Table 5-13 I/O addresses for the sample program
Module I/O Addresses
Digital inputs IB0, IB1, IB4, IB5
Digital outputs QB8, QB9, QB12, QB13
SIWAREX M PIB320 to PIB335 and PQB320 to PQB335
When other addresses are used, the symbol table must be modified (for digi-
tal inputs and digital outputs), or the new module address must be entered in
DB-SIWAREX and the sample program compiled again.
The following procedure is recommended.
Set up an S7 project, and generate your hardware configuration.
Transfer the symbol table from the included SIWAREX project to the new
project.
Transfer all blocks from the included SIWAREX project to the new pro-
ject.
If necessary, adjust the module addresses in the sample program to the
existing hardware configuration.
Transfer all blocks to the CPU.
Execute a CPU new start.
The sample program is designed for easy adjustment to various input and
output addresses. The inputs and outputs are imaged on markers in OB1,
network 2, and the sample program works only with these marker bits.
Table 5-14 Inputs and outputs used
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
I0.0
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M4.0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Enter job in WRITE_DATA_1 application
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
I0.1
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M4.1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Enter job in WRITE_DATA_2 application
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
I0.2
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M4.2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Enter job in WRITE_COMMAND application
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
I0.3
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M4.3
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Enter job in READ_DATA_1 application
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
I0.4
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M4.4
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Enter job in READ_DATA_2 application
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
I0.5
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M4.5
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Clear error indications
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
I0.6
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M4.6
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Call FC41 cyclically
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
I0.7
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M4.7
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Edge-triggered call of FC41
Installation
Inputs and outputs
used (only for ex-
panded sample ap-
plication)
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-35
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 5-14 Inputs and outputs used
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
I1.0
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M5.0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Significance 1:
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Select DR no. (binary)
f WRITE DATA 1 WRITE DATA 2
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
I1.1
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M5.1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Significance 2:
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
for WRITE_DATA_1, WRITE_DATA_2,
READ DATA 1 and READ DATA 2
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
I1.2
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M5.2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Significance 4:
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
READ
_
DATA
_
1 and READ
_
DATA
_
2
(Permitted: DR3 to DR51 except DR20 and
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
I1.3
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M5.3
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Significance 8:
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
(p
DR25)
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
I1.4
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M5.4
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Significance 16:
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
I1.5
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M5.5
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Significance 32:
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
I1.6
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M5.6
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Significance 64:
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
I1.7
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M5.7
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Significance 128:
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
I4.0
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M6.0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Bit 0:
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Select for bit pattern in application mailbox
(bit 0 t 7 f l b t )
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
I4.1
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M6.1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Bit 1:
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
(bits 0 to 7 of low byte)
for WRITE DATA 1, WRITE DATA 2,
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
I4.2
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M6.2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Bit 2:
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
for WRITE
_
DATA
_
1
,
WRITE
_
DATA
_
2
,
READ_DATA_1 and READ_DATA_2
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
I4.3
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M6.3
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Bit 3:
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
__ __
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
I4.4
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M6.4
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Bit 4:
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
I4.5
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M6.5
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Bit 5:
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
I4.6
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M6.6
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Bit 6:
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
I4.7
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M6.7
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Bit 7:
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
I5.0
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M7.0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Bit 0:
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Select for bit pattern in application mailbox
(bit 0 t 7 f hi h b t )
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
I5.1
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M7.1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Bit 1:
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
(bits 0 to 7 of high byte)
for WRITE DATA 1, WRITE DATA 2,
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
I5.2
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M7.2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Bit 2:
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
for WRITE
_
DATA
_
1
,
WRITE
_
DATA
_
2
,
READ_DATA_1 and READ_DATA_2
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
I5.3
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M7.3
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Bit 3:
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
__ __
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
I5.4
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M7.4
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Bit 4:
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
I5.5
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M7.5
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Bit 5:
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
I5.6
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M7.6
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Bit 6:
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
I5.7
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M7.7
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Bit 7:
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Á
Á
Á
Q8.0
ÁÁÁ
Á
Á
Á
M8.0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Job running
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Q8.1
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M8.1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Job finished without errors
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Q8.2
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M8.2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
System error
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Q8.3
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M8.3
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Data loss
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Q8.4
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M8.4
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Job finished with errors
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Q8.5
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M8.5
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Interface currently busy with a background function
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Q8.6
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M8.6
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Startup running
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Q8.7
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M8.7
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Startup finished with errors
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Q9.0
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M9.0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Extra information (error number), binary from IND block parameter
f FC SIWA M
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Q9.1
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M9.1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
of FC SIWA-M
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Q9.2
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M9.2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Q9.3
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M9.3
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Q9.4
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M9.4
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Q9.5
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M9.5
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Q9.6
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M9.6
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Q9.7
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M9.7
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-36 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 5-14 Inputs and outputs used
ÁÁÁ
Á
Á
Á
ÁÁÁ
Q12.0
ÁÁÁ
Á
Á
Á
ÁÁÁ
M10.0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
An error has occurred.
ÁÁÁ
Á
Á
Á
ÁÁÁ
Q12.1
ÁÁÁ
Á
Á
Á
ÁÁÁ
M10.1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Q12.2
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M10.2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Q12.3
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M10.3
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Q12.4
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M10.4
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Q12.5
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M10.5
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Q12.6
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M10.6
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Q12.7
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M10.7
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Q13.0
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M11.0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Q13.1
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M11.1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Q13.2
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M11.2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Q13.3
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M11.3
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Q13.4
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M11.4
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Q13.5
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M11.5
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Q13.6
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M11.6
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Q13.7
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
M11.7
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
-
Table 5-15 Markers used (continued)
Symbol Name Operand Data
Type
Meaning
ENTER_WR_DT1 M 4.0 BOOL Enter job in APPL_WR_DT1
ENTER_WR_DT2 M 4.1 BOOL Enter job in APPL_WR_DT2
ENTER_WR_CMD M 4.2 BOOL Enter job in APPL_WR_CMD
ENTER_RD_DT1 M 4.3 BOOL Enter job in APPL_RD_DT1
ENTER_RD_DT2 M 4.4 BOOL Enter job in APPL_RD_DT2
CLEAR_ERR_IND M 4.5 BOOL Clear error indications
FC_SIWA_M_CYCLE M 4.6 BOOL Call FC SIWA-M cyclically
SINGLE_CALL_FC_SIWA_M M 4.7 BOOL Edge-triggered call of FC SIWA-M standard function
Markers used
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-37
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 5-15 Markers used (continued)
Symbol Name MeaningData
Type
Operand
ERROR_IND M 10.0 BOOL Error indication
EM_WR_DT1 M 12.0 BOOL Edge marker for WRITE_DATA_1 job
EM_WR_DT2 M 12.1 BOOL Edge marker for WRITE_DATA_2 job
EM_WR_CMD M 12.2 BOOL Edge marker for WRITE_COMMAND job
EM_RD_DT1 M 12.3 BOOL Edge marker for READ_DATA_1 job
EM_RD_DT2 M 12.4 BOOL Edge marker for READ_DATA_2 job
EM_CALL_FC_SIWA_M M 12.7 BOOL Edge marker for call of FC SIWA-M
IND_FINISHED_
WITHOUT_ERR
M 14.1 BOOL Job finished without errors
IND_GROUP_ERR M 14.2 BOOL System error
IND_DATA_LOSS M 14.3 BOOL SIWAREX M reports data loss
IND_FINISHED_WITH_ERR M 14.4 BOOL Job finished with errors
IND_STARTUP_WITH_ERR M 14.7 BOOL Startup concluded with errors
M_DR_NO MB 5 BYTE Set data record number
IMAGE_IN_1 MW 4 WORD Image of the inputs
IMAGE_IN_2 MW 6 WORD Image of the inputs
IMAGE_OUT_1 MW 8 WORD Image of the outputs
IMAGE_OUT_2 MW 10 WORD Image of the outputs
INDW_FC_SIWA_M MW 14 WORD Indication word of the FC SIWA-M standard function
LAST_ERROR MW 16 WORD Intermediate storage of the error that occurred last
DIAGNOSTIC_ALARM_
SIW_M
MD 80 DWORD Message of diagnostic alarms
Table 5-16 Blocks used
Symbol Name Block
Number
Meaning
DB_SIWAREX DB 10 Interface data block for SIWAREX M
DB_ARB DB 11 Working data block for SIWAREX M
DB_VEKTOR DB 12 Vector data block for SIWAREX M
FC_EXT_SAMPLE FC 10 Expanded sample program for SIWAREX M
FC_SIWA_M FC 41 Standard function for SIWAREX M
CYCLE OB 1 Cyclic program processing
DIAG OB 82 Evaluation of diagnostic alarms
!Caution
Remember the following when using the CPU 312 IFM.
The CPU 312 IFM does not have OB82.
The block numbers for FCs on the CPU 312 IFM are limited to FC0 to
FC31.
å FC41 must be renamed (e.g., FC10)
Blocks used
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-38 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Since each data block used in the sample program is based on a UDT, it is
easy to generate an additional data block of the same type.
Table 5-17 Blocks used
Symbol Name Block
Number
Meaning
UDT_SIWAREX UDT 10 Data type declaration for DB-SIWAREX
UDT_ARB UDT 11 Data type declaration for DB-ARB
UDT_VEKTOR UDT 12 Data type declaration for DB-VECTOR
Table 5-18 VAT10: Parameters and weight values from DB-SIWAREX
Operand Symbol Status
Format
Status
Value
Control
Value
DB10.DBW 0 “DB_SIWAREX”.MOD_ADDR_IN DEC 320
DB10.DBW 2 “DB_SIWAREX”.DB_VECTOR_NO DEC 12
DB10.DBW 4 “DB_SIWAREX”.DB_VECTOR_BEGIN DEC 0
DB10.DBW 6 “DB_SIWAREX”.MAX_CALLS DEC 1000
DB10.DBX 8.0 “DB_SIWAREX”.BGRD_OFF BIN 0 2#1
DB10.DBB 9 “DB_SIWAREX”.OPER_ERR DEC 0
DB10.DBD 320 “DB_SIWAREX”.WEIGHTS.GROSS DEC L#10
DB10.DBD 324 “DB_SIWAREX”.WEIGHTS.NET DEC L#10
DB10.DBD 328 “DB_SIWAREX”.WEIGHTS.TARE DEC L#0
MW 14 “INDW_FC_SIWA_M” HEX W#16#0000
DB10.DB “DB_SIWAREX” DEC
MD “DIAGNOSTIC_ALARM_SIW_M” CHARACTER Yes
Data type declara-
tions (UDT) used
Variable tables
used
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-39
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 5-19 VAT11: Application mailboxes in DB-SIWAREX
Operand Symbol Status Value Control Value
// APPL_WR_DT1
DB10.DBB 21 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_WR_DT1.DRNO 0
DB10.DBW 22 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_WR_DT1.BITFIELD 2#0000_0000_0000_0000
DB10.DBW 24 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_WR_DT1.INDW1 W#16#0000 W#16#1111
DB10.DBW 26 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_WR_DT1.INDW2 W#16#0000 W#16#1111
// APPL_WR_DT2
DB10.DBB 29 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_WR_DT2.DRNO 0
DB10.DBW 30 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_WR_DT2.BITFIELD 2#0000_0000_0000_0000
DB10.DBW 32 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_WR_DT2.IND1 W#16#0000 W#16#1111
DB10.DBW 34 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_WR_DT2.INDW2 W#16#0000 W#16#1111
// APPL_WR_CMD
DB10.DBW 46 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_WR_CMD.BITFIELD 2#0000_0000_0000_0000
DB10.DBW 48 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_WR_CMD.INDW1 W#16#0000 W#16#1111
DB10.DBW 50 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_WR_CMD.INDW2 W#16#0000 W#16#1111
// APPL_RD_DT1
DB10.DBB 53 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_RD_DT1.DRNO 0
DB10.DBW 54 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_RD_DT1.BITFIELD 2#0000_0000_0000_0000
DB10.DBW 56 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_RD_DT1.INDW1 W#16#0000 W#16#1111
DB10.DBW 58 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_RD_DT1.INDW2 W#16#0000 W#16#1111
// APPL_RD_DT2
DB10.DBB 61 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_RD_DT2.DRNO 0
DB10.DBW 62 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_RD_DT2.BITFIELD 2#0000_0000_0000_0000
DB10.DBW 64 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_RD_DT2.INDW1 W#16#0000 W#16#1111
DB10.DBW 66 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_RD_DT2.AINDW2 W#16#0000 W#16#1111
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-40 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
5.12.2 Using the Sample Program
After a total reset of the CPU, the hardware configuration and the sample
program can be transferred to the CPU. All inputs should have “zero” signal
status.
When a new start of the CPU is then performed, no errors may be reported by
the LEDs of either the CPU or the SIWAREX M module. If an error LED
does light up, this indicates a hardware error or an faulty hardware configura-
tion.
Using the “force and monitor variable” STEP 7 function, the weight values
and the indication word of FC SIWA-M in variable table VAT 10 can be mon-
itored.
Synchronization with the SIWAREX M module is performed during the ini-
tial cycles of the CPU. If FC SIWA-M reports “startup finished with errors”
in the indication word, communication with the module cannot take place.
The first stage of the example is then executed (i.e., the weight values (data
record DR30) are read cyclically).
A change in load on the load cell causes a change in the weight values. The
indication word alternates between “job running” and “job finished without
errors.”
This part of the program is located in network 1 of OB1. The digital inputs
are not required for the first stage.
The second stage of the sample application uses the inputs and outputs speci-
fied. This part of the program is not executed until OB1 is modified so that
network 1 can no longer be processed (i.e., either deleted or a jump to
another sector is programmed).
FC SIWA-M cannot been called yet. To call the block cyclically, input I0.6
must be set to one.
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-41
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Jobs can now be entered in the application mailboxes via the digital inputs.
To do this, a data record number and the desired bits in the bit pattern must
be selected first. The job is entered in the application mailbox when a rising
edge occurs on one of the input bits I0.0 to I0.4.
All permitted data records can be written to or read from the module via the
application mailboxes listed below.
APPL_WR_DT1
APPL_WR_DT2
APPL_WR_CMD
APPL_RD_DT1
APPL_RD_DT2
The individual application mailboxes can be monitored with variable table
VAT 11 .
To be able to follow the execution of job processing step by step, the cyclic
call can also be switched off (i.e., I0.6 = 0) and input I0.7 can be used to call
(edge-triggered) FC SIWA-M. Using this method, the IND indication word
of FC SIWA-M can be monitored on the output word.
As soon as FC SIWA-M reports an error, Q12.0 is set and the indication word
(i.e., parameter IND of FC SIWA-M) is saved in marker word
LAST_ERROR (i.e., MW 16).
This marker word can then be used for further error evaluation. See also the
indication word of FC SIWA-M and STEP 7 code of the sample program.
Input I0.5 can be used to clear the error output again.
Behavior when
errors occur
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-42 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
5.13 Communication via the I/O Interface
The I/O interface of the SIWAREX M can be used for fast reading of measu-
red values and status information (starting with firmware version 0122). This
method can be used regardless of whether the FC SIWA_M function is used.
If the information read in from the I/O interface is sufficient for a certain ap-
plication, the FC SIWA_M function does not need to be called at all.
Transmission takes place via the I/O area. Parameters or commands cannot
be transferred to the SIWAREX M with this interface.
The measuring results can be provided very quickly to the SIMATIC CPU.
The measuring cycle counter makes it possible to implement flow measure-
ment with STEP 7 resources for loss in weight or proportioning conveyor–
belt scales, for instance.
The status information and the measured values are made available in the
input area of the S7. Since not many transfer bytes are available, only one
measured value can be read in addition to the status information. The user
can use the ”measured value selection” byte in the output area to determine
which measured value will be provided by the SIWAREX M.
The SIWAREX M has a counter in the input area so that the time at which
the measured values and status values are updated can be recognized by the
S7 program. The counter is incremented for each new measured value (0 to
127). When a new measured value becomes available, these data are provi-
ded along with the measured value in the input area together with the current
status information and an ID.
The data are made available immediately after the values are calculated (ap-
prox. every 20 msec) without a request by the user program from the SIMA-
TIC CPU. Before the values are provided, a check is made to determine
which measured value was requested by the user.
To maintain error–free communication, the user program must monitor that
the data are read and the measured value is updated by the module not simul-
taneously.
Safety routine:
While the measured values are being made available by the SIWAREX M,
the most significant bit of the measured value counter is set.
Procedure while measured values are being provided by the SIWAREX M
Counter state
Set most significant bit in the counter 0xxxxxx → 1xxxxxx
Provide desired measured value and status 1xxxxxx
Clear most significant bit in the counter 1xxxxxx → 0xxxxxy
and increment the counter
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-43
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Principal routine for evaluation in the user program
Read counter and check whether > 127. If yes, repeat (or exit read rou-
tine). If no, store counter state
Read measured value and, if necessary, status info
Read counter again and check whether > 127. If yes, repeat everything. If
no, compare with stored counter state. If counter states equal, read access
was successful. If not, entire read access must be repeated.
With fast CPU cycles (<< 20 msec), a read access may be terminated imme-
diately after the counter state is evaluated when it is detected that the measu-
red value has already been read.
When the request for the measured value is changed, a check must still be
made to determine whether the desired measured value was supplied (” mea-
sured value information) or whether a just changed request was issued too
late.
Table 5-20 Allocation of the I/O input byte
Byte
No.
Meaning Remarks
0– Already assigned for FB communication –
1– Already assigned for FB communication –
2– Already assigned for FB communication –
3– Already assigned for FB communication –
4– Already assigned for FB communication –
5 –
6Measured value information Codes: See measured value selec-
tion.
7Bit
27
Bits 26 to 20: Counter Counter is continuously incremented
(0 to 127)
Bit 27: For access signaling
8For possible values, see below
9Measured value
10
11
12 Status information 1 (See DS31)
13
14 Status information 2 (See DS31)
15
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-44 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 5-21 Allocation of the I/O output byte
Byte
No.
Meaning Remarks
0– Already assigned for FB communication –
1– Already assigned for FB communication –
2– Already assigned for FB communication –
3– Already assigned for FB communication –
4– Already assigned for FB communication –
5
6
7
8Measured value selction see below
9
10
.
.
.
15
The user program can specify in the ”measured value selection” byte which
measured value is to transferred to the I/O area. The identifier for the value
currently entered by SIWAREX M is returned in the ”measured value infor-
mation” byte.
Table 5-22 Reading the measured values
Code Weight valvue from DR no. Remarls
00 Digit,, unfiltered DR33 Default setting
01 Digit, filtered DR33
02 Gross DR30
03 Net DR30
04 Tare DR30
05 Gross more precise DR32
06 Net more precise DR32
Important
The SIMATIC S7 program may only access the I/O area with word or
double-word accesses. Otherwise error-free communication cannot be
guaranteed
Measured value
selection
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-45
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
FUNCTION_BLOCK FB 43
TITLE =
//This block is used to read measured values and status via
//I/O of the SIWAREX M.
//
//Parameter:
//
//ADR: The base address of the SIWAREX M to be read is specified here as
// entered in HW–Config. DBW0 of the
// SIWAREX–DB can also be parameterized here
//
//Selection: The measured value to be read is selected here.
// !!!See parameter ”Act_Selection”!!!
// Valid values:
// 0 for unfiltered digits
// 1 for filtered digits
// 2 for gross value
// 3 for net value
// 4 for tare value
// 5 for more precise gross value
// 6 for more precise net value
// For all other selection values, ”unfiltered digits” are output.
//
//
//ERR: This output becomes ”1” when three read attempts in
// succession produce an invalid measured value.
//
//Meas. v.: Measured value which was read from the SIWAREX M. The
// ”Act_Selection” parameter shows which measured
// value was read.
//
//Counter: Each time the SIWAREX M supplies a !new! measured value,
// this counter is incremented by one (every 20 msec). When
// the counter reaches 127, it jumps with the next measured value
// back to 0. This FB terminates processing when the same value
// was read during the previous call.
//
//Act_Selection : Indicates which measured value was !really! read.
// The ”selection” and ”Act_Selection” parameter may
// differ directly after a switchover of ”selection” if
// no new measured value was read or if the
// ”selection” parameter is an invalid value.
//
//
//Status1: The 1st word of the status data record (DR31) is output
// here.
//
//Status2: The 2nd word of the status data record (DR31) is output
// here.
//
//
Sample program
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-46 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
AUTHOR : Siwarex
FAMILY : Siwarex
NAME : HW_READ
VERSION : 1.2
VAR_INPUT
ADR: INT ; //Base address SIWAREX M
Selection: INT ; //Measured value selection
END_VAR
VAR_OUTPUT
ERR : BOOL ; //Error while reading measured value
Measu_V : DINT ; //Measured value of SIWAREX M module
Counter_M : INT ; //Measured value counter
Act_Selection : INT ; //Measured value selection of the output value
Status1 : WORD ; //Status word 1 (DR31)
Status2 : WORD ; //Status word 2 (DR31)
END_VAR
VA R
Counter_old : INT ; //Measured value counter of previous cycle
END_VAR
VAR_TEMP
TempW : WORD ;
Counter_t : INT ;
ReadC : INT ; //Read counter
Measu_V_t : DINT ;//Temp measured value
Status_t : DWORD ;//Temp status
END_VAR
BEGIN
NETWORK
TITLE =Init
//Init
L #ADR; //Base address SIWAREX M
SLD 3;
LAR1 ;
CLR ;
= #ERR; //Clear error
L 0;
T #ReadC; //Initialize read counter
NETWORK
TITLE = Measured value selection
//Set measured value selection to desired value
L #Selection;
L B#16#FF;
UW ;
SLW 8;
T PAW [AR1,P#8.0];
NETWORK
TITLE = Read measured value
//Read ,measured value, counter and status
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-47
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
loop: L PIW [AR1,P#6.0]; // SIWAREX M Counter/selection
T #TempW;
L B#16#FF;
AW ; // Mask out measured value counter
T #Counter_t; // Counter state
L 127;
>I ; // Measured value invalid?
JC neul; // Read again?
//
TAK ;
L #Counter_old;
==I ; // No new value?
JC ende;
//
L PID [AR1,P#8.0]; // SIWAREX M measured value
T #Measu_V_t;
L PID [AR1,P#12.0]; // Status info
T #Status_t;
L PIW [AR1,P#6.0]; // SIWAREX M counter/selection
L #TempW; // still valid?
<>I ; // No–>neul(Read new)
JC neul;
L #Counter_t;
T #Counter_old; // Save new counter value as old
T #Counter_M; // and output
L #Measu_V_t; // SIWAREX M measured value
T #Measu_V;
L #Status_t; // Status info
T #Status2; // Status 2
SRD 16;
T #Status1; // Status 1
L #TempW;
SRW 8;
T #Act_Selection; // Indicated value
BEU ; // End
//
neul: L #ReadC;
INC 1;
T #ReadC;
L 3;
<=I ; // Max. no. of read reaches? No–>read again
JC loop;
SET ;
= #ERR; // Error
ende: BE ; // End of block
END_FUNCTION_BLOCK
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
5-48 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Centrall
y
in SIMATIC S7-300
6-1
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Distributed Link to SIMATIC S7/C7/PCS 7
6.1 Distributed Link to SIMATIC S7/C7
The only difference between the distributed link to the SIMATIC S7-300,
S7-400 and C7 and the central integration of the SIWAREX M into the
SIMATIC S7-300 is the parameterization under HW-CONFIG.
Interface IM 153-1 or IM 153-2
The IM 153-2 is only required when needed by other modules (e.g., FM 353).
SIWAREX M configuration package in SIMATIC S7
Master in the SIMATIC S7:
An S7 CPU with integrated PROFIBUS-DP interface or a CP 443-5 (starting
with release status 2) or an IM 467 is required for the distributed connection
of the SIWAREX M to the SIMATIC S7.
The current version of the CP 342-5 (status 4/99) cannot be used for the bus
connection.
Connection to the SIMATIC C7:
A SIMATIC C7 with integrated PROFIBUS-DP interface is required for dis-
tributed connection of SIWAREX M to the SIMATIC C7.
During a CPU restart, the restart OB (i.e., OB101) is executed followed by
cyclic program processing at the point at which the interruption occurred.
FC SIWA-M cannot be called in the restart OB.
If a running job is interrupted by a restart, indication word 1 reports “job
aborted due to synchronization” to the application. After conclusion of
startup synchronization, FC SIWA-M places a new copy of the application in
the working DB and starts processing the job again from the beginning.
Prerequisites
CPU restart
(for S7-400 only)
6
6-2 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
In multi-processor operation, each SIWAREX M module is assigned to a cer-
tain CPU. One module cannot be accessed by several CPUs.
Connecting and disconnecting the SIWAREX M under power can only be
performed in connection with an active backplane bus of the S7-300.
The active backplane bus is based on a special model of the ET 200M modu-
lar I/O device which is connected via PROFIBUS-DP to a SIMATIC S7-400.
Multi-processor
operation
(for S7-400 only)
Active backplane
bus
(for S7-400 only)
Distributed Link to SIMATIC S7/C7/PCS 7
6-3
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
6.2 Distributed Link to SIMATIC PCS 7
Linking the SIWAREX M to the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system
requires the optional configuration package with the order no.
7MH4 583-*EA6*.
While the SIWAREX M is usually integrated in SIMATIC S5/S7 program-
mable controllers with the typical PLC programming languages STL (state-
ment list), LAD (ladder diagram) or FBD (function block diagram, integra-
tion in the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system is performed via graphic
configuration in the CFC diagram (continuous function chart). In other
words, integration is structured instead of programmed.
Configuration
package for SI-
MATIC PCS 7
Distributed Link to SIMATIC S7/C7/PCS 7
6-4 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
The SIWAREX M is integrated in the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control sys-
tem via graphic configuration in the CFC diagram (CFC = Continuous Func-
tion Chart).
CFC is a technology-oriented, graphics configuration tool with which
technology blocks (e.g., controller blocks, logical links, scales blocks, and so
on) are taken from libraries and placed in CFC diagrams.
Each SIWAREX M module is represented by a block. The inputs and outputs
of this block can be circuited with each other or with other blocks.
The SIWAREX M block has integrated message and maintenance functions.
The SIWAREX M supports removing and installing the module during run-
ning operation in connection with ”active bus modules.”
After a defective module has been replaced, the scales parameters can be sent
to the new module either manually by pressing a button on the OS (i.e., Op-
erator Station) or automatically (if configured in the CFC diagram), and the
new weighing module becomes available for use immediately.
Figure 6-1 Graphic circuiting of the SIWAREX M via the CFC diagram
Integration in the
engineering sys-
tem (ES)
Distributed Link to SIMATIC S7/C7/PCS 7
6-5
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
A faceplate for visualization and use of the scales via the OS (WinCC) is
available within the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system to represent the
SIWAREX M.
The faceplate can be used to handle the scales (e.g., set to zero, tare, start
proportioning, and so on) and monitor the weighing values.
Figure 6-2 Faceplate for visualization of the SIWAREX M
The faceplate can be shown in various views (e.g., standard, maintenance,
parameter, batch, and so on) depending on the particular requirements.
Integration in the
operator station
(OS)
Distributed Link to SIMATIC S7/C7/PCS 7
6-6 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Distributed Link to SIMATIC S7/C7/PCS 7
7-1
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Serial Link
One of the two serial interfaces (X2/X3) can be used for the link to other host
systems (e.g., SIMATIC S5-95U or host PC). Two drivers (SIWAREX driver
and 3964 R) are provided for this purpose.
The SIWAREX M can be adjusted, parameterized and controlled by sending
(sending telegrams) or fetching (fetch telegrams) data records.
When the RS 232 interface (X2) is used for the link to a host system, a
printer cannot be connected.
When the TTY interface (X3) is used for the link to a host system, a remote
display cannot be connected.
7.1 Data Communication with the SIWAREX M
If a host system link is implemented via the serial link, the SIWAREX M is
always the slave, and the host system is always the master.
When the partner (master) wants to read a data record from the
SIWAREX M, this record must first be requested with a fetch telegram
(DR100). Using a response telegram, the requested data record (DRxx) is
sent back from the SIWAREX M. When the master transfers a data telegram,
the SIWAREX M then sends back an acknowledgment telegram (DR101).
This acknowledgment telegram may contain positive and negative response
messages.
The maximum length of user data is currently limited to 80 bytes
(DR80 and 81). The data records which are available are listed in
section 8.
In data record 51, two bytes each are reserved for the error types external
errors, internal errors and operational errors. The error numbers are set up as
bit structures and not as codes. Since each error code has an appropriate bit
number allocated to it, errors of the same type which are waiting at the same
time can be reported simultaneously.
The SIWAREX M extends error messages via DR51 to at least 3 seconds so
that even briefly queued asynchronous errors (i.e., internal, external and op-
erational errors) can be detected. This means that data record DR51 should
be read at shorter intervals so that all errors can be acquired by the user.
Introduction
Restrictions
Method of function
7
7-2 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
7.1.1 SIWAREX Driver
The SIWAREX driver operates in the lowest level with a simple telegram
layout with 2 end characters. The telegrams also contain characters (BCC
and length byte) used to improve transmission reliability and identification.
These characters should be evaluated by partner stations.
In the data to be transferred, each telegram header contains a scales number
for identification. Scales numbers from 1 to 16 are permitted. If the scales
number does not match the entry in DR3, the telegram received is rejected in
the SIWAREX M. If the scales number matches the entry in DR3, the ad-
dress of the sender of the request telegram is entered as the receiver address
in the response telegram. Each set of scales can be addressed with either its
individual scales number or the address 0. The host has a default sender ad-
dress of 255.
Table 7-1 Telegram layout
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1st byte
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Receiver address
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
2nd byte
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Sender address
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
3rd byte
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Data record number
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
4th byte
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Length in n bytes (user data length + 7)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
5th byte
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
User data DRx, first byte
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
.
(n-3)th byte
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
.
User data DRx, last byte
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
(n-2)th byte
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
BCC
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
(n-1)th byte
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
End ID 1 (DLE) 0x10
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
nth byte
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
End ID 2 (ETX) 0x3
When a byte with the code DLE (0x10) occurs within bytes 1 to (n-2) byte,
this byte is doubled by the sender (to avoid a chance end ID within the user
data) without including it in the calculation of the length.
The receiver must “undouble” the byte again.
The block check character (BCC) is generated with bytes 1 up to and includ-
ing byte (n-3).
Example:
Link 1st byte with 2nd byte via EXOR
Link result with 3rd byte via EXOR
...
Link result with (n-3)th byte via EXOR
The end result is the BCC block check character.
How the driver
functions
Serial Link
7-3
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
When the character delay time is exceeded on the SIWAREX M, the inter-
face is reset to its basic state. An error message is not generated. In addi-
tion, the block check characters and the length data are verified on the
SIWAREX M. Errors are reported in the acknowledgment telegram with the
identifier 60hex. If the length and the BCC byte in the telegram are zero, no
check is performed.
When the SIWAREX driver is used with the RS 232 interface, a timeout
monitoring function (no fetch telegram for 30 sec) causes an automatic
switch from the SIWAREX driver to the printer protocol when no fetch tele-
gram has occurred within 30 seconds.
Parameters of the SIWAREX driver
Table 7-2 Interface data
Baud rate TTY interface: 9600 bit/sec
RS 232 interface: 2400 or 9600 bit/sec
Parity bit TTY interface: Even
RS 232 interface: Even or odd
Number of data bits 8
Number of stop bits 1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Character frame
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
11 bits
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Character delay time
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
220 msec
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Signals
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
TxD, RxD
7.1.2 3964R Driver
A link in accordance with the 3964R protocol can be made on the TTY and
RS 232 interface of the SIWAREX M.
The 3964R protocol specifies the mechanisms required for reliable and se-
cure transmission (e.g., checksums, control characters and so on).
In the data to be transferred, each telegram header contains a scales number.
Scales numbers from 1 to 16 are permitted. If the scales number does not
match the entry in DR3, the telegram received is rejected in the
SIWAREX M. If the scales number matches the entry in DR3, the address of
the sender of the request telegram is entered in the response telegram as the
receiver address. Each set of scales can be addressed with either its indi-
vidual scales number or the address 0. The host has a default sender address
of 100.
How the driver
functions
Serial Link
7-4 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 7-3 Layout of the sending telegram
Byte Meaning Example
1st byte Receiver address (scales number) 0
2nd byte Sender address (always 100 here for 3964R part-
ner)
100
3rd byte Data record number 100 (fetch telegram)
4th byte Length in n bytes (user data + 7) 8 (1 byte user data + 7)
5th byte User data DRx, first byte 30 (data record DR30, weight values)
... ... -- (Not used for DR100)
nth byte User data DRx, last byte -- (Not used for DR100)
Table 7-4 Layout of the receiving telegram
Byte Meaning Example
1st byte Receiver address (identifier 3964R) 100
2nd byte Sender address (scales number) 0
3rd byte Data record number 101 (acknowledgment telegram)
4th byte Length in n bytes (user data + 7) 10 (3 bytes user data + 7)
5th byte User data DRx, first byte 20 No. for acknowledged data record
6th byte User data DRx, second byte 40 Type of error
7th byte User data DRx, third byte 04 Error number
... -- (Not used for DR101)
(nth-1). byte ... -- (Not used for DR101)
nth byte User data DRx, last byte -- (Not used for DR101)
Table 7-5 Parameters ot the 3964R protocol
Baud rate TTY interface: 9600 bit/sec
RS 232 interface: 2400 or 9600 bit/sec
Parity bit TTY interface: Even
RS 232 interface: Even or odd*
Number of data bits 8
Number of stop bits 1
Character frame 11 bit
Acknowledgment delay time 2 sec
Character delay time 220 msec
Signals TxD, RxD
*Even parity must be set for the 3964R protocol.
Serial Link
7-5
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
7.2 Selecting the Driver on the TTY Interface
Setting the TTY interface can be accomplished by sending DR8 via the
SIMATIC interface or by using SIWATOOL.
Table 7-6 Selection codes for the TTY interface
Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments
S7/C7
Structure Name
Addr
No
Byte
Bit
Length
(in
Variable Name
Addr. No. Byte Bit (in
bytes)
Parameters for TTY interface TTY_PARA 180 8 0 - 2 WORD Selection code
0 = No indication*
1 = TD20
2 = Indication 1
3 = Indication 2
4 = SIWAREX driver
5 = 4-position indication
6 = 5-position indication
7 = 6-position indication
8 = 3964R protocol
* Factory setting of SIWAREX M
Serial Link
7-6 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
7.3 Selecting the Driver on the RS 232 Interface
Setting the RS 232 interface can be accomplished by sending DR7 via the
SIMATIC interface or by using SIWATOOL.
Table 7-7 Data and messages
Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments
S7/C7
Structure Name
Addr
No
Byte
Bit
Length
(in
Variable Name
Addr. No. Byte Bit (in
bytes)
Transmission rate of the RS 232 interface
RS232 PARA
178
7
1
0
2
WORD
0 = 2400 bit/sec
Transmission rate of the RS 232 interface RS232_PARA 178 7 1 0 2 WORD
0 2400 bit/sec
1 = 9600 bit/sec*
Parity of the RS 232 interface
RS232 PARA
178
7
1
1
2
WORD
0 = Odd
Parity of the RS 232 interface RS232_PARA 178 7 1 1 2 WORD
0 Odd
1 = Even*
Protocol of the RS232 interface RS232_PARA 178 7 1 3 2 WORD 0 = Printer/SIWAREX protocol *
1 = 3964R protocol
Protocol of the RS232 interface RS232_PARA 178 7 1 4 2 WORD 0 = No B protocol *
1 = B protocol
Scales number
ADJ_DATA
130
3
40
42
BYTE
Scales number 0
*Scales number
SCALES_NO
130 3 40 - 42 BYTE Scales number 0*
Fetch telegram
100
0
1
BYTE
Number of the request data record
Fetch telegram -- 100 0 - 1 BYTE Number of the request data record
Acknowledgment telegram -- 101 0 - 3 BYTE Acknowledgment telegram
Data transmission error on the TTY interface
OPER ERR
**
9 - 1 - 1 BYTE Operational error 06
Data transmission error on the TTY interface OPER_ERR**
- 51 4 5 6 BOOL Operational error 06
Data transmission error on the RS 232 interface
OPER ERR
**
9 - 1 - 1 BYTE Operational error 07
Data transmission error on the RS 232 interface OPER_ERR**
51 4 5 6 BOOL Operational error 06
* Factory setting of SIWAREX M
** Message bit via indication word of FC SIWA-M
When using the 3964R protocol, adhere to following points.
Always set even parity for the 3964R protocol.
If parameterization was performed with SIWATOOL, the 3964R protocol
does not become active until a telegram has not been received from
SIWATOOL for over 5 seconds.
Communication with SIWATOOL can be resumed on the RS 232 interface
regardless of whether the 3964R or printer/SIWAREX protocol was selected.
Serial Link
8-1
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Description of the Data Records
8.1 Overview Data Records
Table 8-1 Data records provided by the SIWAREX M
DR No. Function Direc-
ti 1
Length
(B t )
Interfaces Store in
tion1(Bytes) S7 X1,
X2
Serial
EEPROM RAM
(Buffered)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Diagnostic Data
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
S7 diagnostic data record
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
4
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
S7 diagnostic data record
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
16
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
S7 parameter data record (not used)
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
4
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
S7 parameter data record (not used)
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
16
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Setting Data: Adjustment and Setting Values
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Commands
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
2
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR3*
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Adjustment data
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r/w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
42
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR4
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Scales parameter
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r/w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
34
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Yes/no2
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No/yes2
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR5
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Proportioning parameter
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r/w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
4
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Yes/no2
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No/yes2
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR6
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Parameter for digital inputs and outputs
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r/w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
8
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR7
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Parameter for RS 232
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r/w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
2
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR8
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Parameter for TTY
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r/w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
2
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR9
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Parameter for analog output
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r/w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
10
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Process Data: Weighing and Proportioning Data, Commands
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR22
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Setpoint
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r/w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
4
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR23
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Proportioning data
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r/w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
20
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR24
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Specified value f. analog output
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r/w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
4
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR26
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
String field 1
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r/w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
16
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR27
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
String field 2
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r/w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
16
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR28
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
External tare specification
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r/w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
4
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Yes
DR29 Additional proportioning parameters r/w 48 Yes Ye s No Yes
1 r: READ-access only; w: WRITE-access only; r/w: READ and WRITE-access
2 Depends on the parameter bit in data record DR4 or DR5
* After verification acceptance, can only be read–accessed
8
8-2 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 8-1 Data records provided by the SIWAREX M
DR No. Store inInterfacesLength
(Bytes)
Direc-
tion1
FunctionDR No.
RAM
(Buffered)
EEPROMX1,
X2
Serial
S7
Length
(Bytes)
Direc-
tion1
Function
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Measuring values
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR30
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Weight values
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
12
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR31
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Status information (bit-coded)
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
6
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR32
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meas. values more precise
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
8
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR33
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Raw digit values
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
8
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR34
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Analog output value
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
4
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
DR35 Additional measured values r 24 Ye s Ye s No No
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Other
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR40
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Print data of last printout
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
28
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR41
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Date and time
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
8
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR42
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Type identifier/program version/switches
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
8
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR43
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Tare and set to zero value more precise
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r/w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
10
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Diagnostic Information
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR51
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Error information
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
6
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Print Layouts
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR80
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Text 1
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r/w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
80
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR81
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Text 2
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r/w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
80
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Communication
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR100
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Fetch telegram
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
w
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
1
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR101
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Acknowledgment telegram
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
r
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
3
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Yes
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
No
1 r: READ-access only; w: WRITE-access only; r/w: READ and WRITE-access
2 Depends on the parameter bit in data record DR4 or DR5
* After verification acceptance, can only be read–accessed
Descri
p
tion of the Data Records
8-3
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
8.2 Data Formats for S5/S7
Table 8-2 Data record formats
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DS byte n+3
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DS byte n+2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DS byte n+1 DS byte n+0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Byte, char
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
2720
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Word
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
High byte
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Low byte
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
215 2720
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
dint
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
, time (msec)
High word
Low word
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
High byte
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Low byte
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
High byte Low byte
231 223 215 2720
Table 8-3 Format for data and time in the SIMATIC S7
Date and Time DT (BCD-Coded)
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Byte n+7
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Byte n+6
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Byte n+5
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Byte n+4
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Byte n+3
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Byte n+2
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Byte n+1
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Byte n
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Day of the
week1
ÁÁÁ
Á
Á
Á
ÁÁÁ
Millisec.1
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Seconds
ÁÁÁ
Á
Á
Á
ÁÁÁ
Minutes
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Hours
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Day
ÁÁÁ
Á
Á
Á
ÁÁÁ
Month
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Year
1Not used
Data formats in S7
Descri
p
tion of the Data Records
8-4 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
8.3 Detailed Description of Data Records
8.3.1 Diagnostic Data
Note
The data of DR0 are also available in the local data of OB82.
Table 8-4 Diagnostic data
Byte Bit Meaning Remarks
0 0 Module error
1Internal error
2External error
3Not used, always 0
4External auxiliary voltage missing
5Not used, always 0
6Parameterization missing
7Not used, always 0
1 0
to
3
Module class 0101 = Analog module
0000 = CPU
1000 = Function module = SIWAREX M
1100 = CP
1111 = Digital module
4Channel information exists
5User information exists
6Not used, always 0
7Not used, always 0
2 0 Not used, always 0
1Communication error
2Not used, always 0
3 Watchdog-error
4Not used, always 0
5Not used, always 0
6Buffer error
7Not used, always 0
DR0
Diagnosis, part 1
Descri
p
tion of the Data Records
8-5
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 8-4 Diagnostic data
Byte RemarksMeaningBit
3 0 Not used, always 0
1Not used, always 0
2EPROM error
3RAM error
4ADC error (ADC error during read-access)
5Not used, always 0
6Not used, always 0
7Not used, always 0
Data record DR1 is not used by the SIWAREX M for diagnostic purposes.DR1
Diagnosis, part 2
Descri
p
tion of the Data Records
8-6 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
8.3.2 Setting Data (Adjustment and Setting Values)
Table 8-5 Description of DR2
Meaning
Format
Commands
WORD
Table 8-6 Commands
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Selection Code (Decimal)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
No command execution
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Zero point valid (adjustment command)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Adjustment weight valid (adjustment command)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
3
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Taring
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
4
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Externally spec. tare valid
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
5
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Set to zero
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
6
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Reserved
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
7
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Print text 1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
8
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Print text 2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
9
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Repeat last printout
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
10
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Start proportioning with automatic taring
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
11
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Stop proportioning
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
12
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Start proportioning without automatic taring or
continue proportioning
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
13
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Load factory setting
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
15
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Delete tare
20 Start inching mode with taring
22 Start inching mode without taring or
continue proportioning
30 Start proportioning with taring with reproportioning
32 Start proportioning without taring with reproportion-
ing or continue proportioning
40 Start proportioning with taring with reproportioning as
inching mode
42 Start proportioning without taring with reproportion-
ing as inching mode or continue proportioning
DR2
Commands
Descri
p
tion of the Data Records
8-7
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 8-7 Description of DR3
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Unit
ÁÁÁ
Á
Á
Á
ÁÁÁ
Format
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Factory Setting
SIWAREX M
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Operating mode
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
WORD
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Type of scales
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
WORD
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Standstill time
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
msec
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
TIME
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
2500
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Standstill value
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Weight
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DINT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Decimal point
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
WORD
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Char. value area of
SIWAREX M
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
mV/V
ÁÁÁ
Á
Á
Á
ÁÁÁ
DINT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Unit of weight
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
CHAR
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
‘kg’
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Digit increment
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
BYTE
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Limit frequency of digital filter
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
BYTE
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Adjustment weight
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Weight
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DINT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
10000
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Maximum load
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Weight
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DINT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
10000
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Language
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
WORD
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Adjustment digits 0
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DINT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Adjustment digits 1
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DINT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Scales number
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
BYTE
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
In reserve
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
BYTE
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
Table 8-8 Selection code of the adjustment data (decimal specification)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Selection Code
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
Operating mode
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Operation without verification obligation
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Operation with verification obligation as non-automatic scales
Type of scales
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Not used at this time
Characteristic value range, SIWAREX M
1Char. value range 0 to 1 mV/V
2Char. value range 0 to 2 mV/V
4Char. value range 0 to 4 mV/V
Digit increment parameterization byte
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Digit increment: 1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Digit increment: 2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
5
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Digit increment: 5
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
10
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Digit increment: 10
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
20
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Digit increment: 20
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
50
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Digit increment: 50
DR3
Adjustment data
Descri
p
tion of the Data Records
8-8 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 8-8 Selection code of the adjustment data (decimal specification)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Selection Code
Decimal point parameterization byte
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
xxxxx (no decimal point)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
xxxx.x
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
xxx.xx
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
3
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
xx.xxx
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
4
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
x.xxxx
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
5
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
.xxxxx
Digital filter/average value filter
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0/(100)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
No filtering/mean value filter active
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1/(101)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Limit frequency: 5 Hz/mean value filter active
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
2/(102)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Limit frequency: 2 Hz/mean value filter active
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
3/(103)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Limit frequency: 1 Hz/mean value filter active
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
4/(104)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Limit frequency: 0.5 Hz/mean value filter active
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
5/(105)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Limit frequency: 0.2 Hz/mean value filter active
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
6/(106)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Limit frequency: 0.1 Hz/mean value filter active
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
7/(107)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Limit frequency: 0.05 Hz/mean value filter active
Language
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
German
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
English
Descri
p
tion of the Data Records
8-9
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 8-9 Description of DR4
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Unit
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Format
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Factory Setting
SIWAREX M
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Scales settings (bit-coded)
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
WORD
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0003
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Empty message value
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Weight
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
DINT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
50
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Empty message delay time
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
msec
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
TIME
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
5000
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Switch-on point for limit value 1
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Weight
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
DINT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
10000
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Switch-off point for limit value 1
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Weight
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
DINT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
9990
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Switch-on point for limit value 2
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Weight
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
DINT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1000
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Switch-off point for limit value 2
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Weight
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
DINT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1010
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Switch-on point for limit value 3
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Weight
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
DINT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
9000
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Switch-off point for limit value 3
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Weight
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
DINT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
8990
Table 8-10 Scales settings
ÁÁÁ
Á
Á
Á
ÁÁÁ
Bit
No. 15
ÁÁÁ
Á
Á
Á
ÁÁÁ
Bit
No. 1
ÁÁÁ
Á
Á
Á
ÁÁÁ
Bit
No. 0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Factory Setting
SIWAREX M
ÁÁÁ
Á
Á
Á
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Á
Á
Á
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Á
Á
Á
ÁÁÁ
0/1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Automatic zero point offset
1: On 0: Off
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
0/1
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
1: Fill weighing 0: Deduction weighing
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
0/1
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
1: Store in RAM 0: Store in EEPROM
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
Table 8-11 Description of DR5
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Unit
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Format
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Factory Setting
SIWAREX M
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Proportioning parameter
word 1 (bit-coded)
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
WORD
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Reserve2
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
WORD
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
Table 8-12 Proportioning parameter value
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Bit No.
15
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Bit No.
14
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Bit No. 1
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Bit No. 0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Factory Setting
SIWAREX M
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Á
Á
Á
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
0 = Off
1 = On
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Automatic printout
for finished message
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Á
Á
Á
ÁÁÁ
0 = Off
1 = On
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Settling time is termi-
nated by standstill.
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
1
0/1 1: Store in RAM
0: Store in EEPROM
0
0 = Yes
1 = No
Proportioning above
fine–flow switchoff
point possible
0
DR4
Scales parameters
DR5
Proportioning
parameters
Descri
p
tion of the Data Records
8-10 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 8-13 Description of DR6
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Possible Entry
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Format
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Factory Setting
SIWAREX M
(Decimal)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Allocation signal output 1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Number
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
BYTE
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
23
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Allocation signal output 2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Number
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
BYTE
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
23
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Allocation signal output 3
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Number
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
BYTE
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
23
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Allocation signal output 4
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Number
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
BYTE
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
23
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Allocation command input 1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Number
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
BYTE
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
11
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Allocation command input 2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Number
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
BYTE
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
11
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Allocation command input 3
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Number
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
BYTE
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
11
DR6
Parameters for
digital inputs
and outputs
Descri
p
tion of the Data Records
8-11
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 8-14 Selection codes for DI
Meaning Selection Code (Decimal)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Zero point valid (adjustment command)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Adjustment weight valid (adjustment command)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Taring
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
3
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Externally specified tare valid
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
4
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Set to zero
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
5
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Reset SIWAREX *
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
6
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Print text 1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
7
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Print text 2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
8
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Repeat last printout
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
9
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Start proportioning with automatic taring
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
10
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Stop proportioning
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
11
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Start proportioning without automatic taring or
continue proportioning
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
12
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Load factory setting
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
13
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Delete tare
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
15
Start inching mode with taring 20
Start inching mode with taring or continue propor-
tioning
22
Start proportioning with taring with reproportioning 30
Start proportioning without taring with reproportion-
ing or continue proportioning
32
Start proportioning with taring with reproportioning
as inching mode
40
Start proportioning without taring with reproportion-
ing as inching mode or continue proportioning
42
* For service purposes only
Allocation for DI
Descri
p
tion of the Data Records
8-12 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 8-15 Selection codes for DO (decimal specification)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Selection
Code
(High Active)
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Inverted
Selection
Code
(Low Active)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Scales adjusted
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Scales tared
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1/4d-zero
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
2
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Write protection active
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
3
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Source of date/time
(0 = S7 or none; 1 = TD20)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
4
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Limit value 1 active/inactive
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
5
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
105
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Limit value 2 active/inactive
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
6
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
106
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Limit value 3 active/inactive
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
7
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
107
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Empty message active/inactive
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
8
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
108
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Standstill
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
9
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Maximum load + 9 e exceeded
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
10
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
110
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Tare memory loaded with
manual tare value (preset)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
11
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Command via external contact could not be
executed.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
12
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Gross weight outside zero setting range
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
13
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Group error (hardware error)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
15
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
115
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Coarse flow on
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
16
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Fine flow on
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
17
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Tolerance deviation +
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
18
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Tolerance deviation -
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
19
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Proportioning running
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
20
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Proportioning started. Wait for standstill.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
21
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Proportioning aborted
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
22
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Proportioning finished (finished message)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
23
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
-
Material flow error 1 24 124
Material flow error 2 25 125
Material flow error, coarse flow 26 126
Material flow error, fine flow 27 127
Time monitoring for inching mode or repropor-
tioning has expired
28 -
Printing not possible 29 -
Reproportioning was activated 30 -
Allocation for DO
Descri
p
tion of the Data Records
8-13
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 8-16 Description of DR7
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Unit
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Format
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Factory Setting
SIWAREX M
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
RS 232 settings (bit-coded)
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
WORD
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
3
Table 8-17 Transmission values
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Bit No.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Factory Setting
SIWAREX M
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Transmission rate: 0 = 2400 bit/sec; 1 = 9600 bit/sec
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Parity: 1 = even; 0 = odd
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
3
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Protocol: Bit 3: Bit 4::
XON/XOFF: 0 0 (printer)
Proz. 3964R: 1 0
B protocol: 0 1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
0
Table 8-18 Description of DR8
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Unit
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Format
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Factory Setting
SIWAREX M
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
TTY setting
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
WORD
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
Table 8-19 Type of remote display/driver
Selection Code
Meaning
0
No display (factory setting)
1
TD20
2
Reserved for display 1
3
Reserved for display 2
4
Serial SIWAREX protocol
54-digit display
65-digit display
76-digit display
83964R procedure
DR7
RS 232C
interface
parameters
DR8
TTY interface
parameters
Descri
p
tion of the Data Records
8-14 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 8-20 Description of DR9
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Unit
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Format
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Factory Setting
SIWAREX M
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Basic settings of the analog output
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
WORD
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
In reserve
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
DINT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Maximum output value for analog
output
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Weight
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
DINT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
10000
Table 8-21 Basic settings of the analog output
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Selection Code
(Decimal)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
External output (specified value), 0 to 20 mA
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Gross output, 0 to 20 mA
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Net output, 0 to 20 mA
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
10
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
External output (specified value), 4 to 20 mA
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
11
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Gross output, 4 to 20 mA
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
12
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Net output, 4 to 20 mA
8.3.3 Process Data: Weighing and Proportioning Data and Commands
Table 8-22 Description of DR22
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Unit
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Format
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Factory Setting
SIWAREX M
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Setpoint
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
DINT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
Table 8-23 Description of DR23
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Unit
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Format
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Factory Setting
SIWAREX M
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Tolerance plus value
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
WEIGHT
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
DINT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Tolerance minus value
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
WEIGHT
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
DINT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Coarse flow switchoff value
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
WEIGHT
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
DINT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Fine flow switchoff value
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
WEIGHT
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
DINT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Settling time
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
msec
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
TIME
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
2000
DR9
Parameters for
analog output
DR22
Setpoint
DR23
Proportioning data
Descri
p
tion of the Data Records
8-15
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 8-24 Description of DR24
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Unit
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Format
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Factory Setting
SIWAREX M
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Externally specified value for
analog output
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
DINT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
Table 8-25 Description of DR26
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Unit
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Format
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Factory Setting
SIWAREX M
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
String field 1
(16 characters, value 00 to FF hex)
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Char
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
16 times ‘ ‘
Table 8-26 Description of DR27
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Unit
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Format
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Factory Setting
SIWAREX M
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
String field 2
(16 characters, value 00 to FF hex)
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Char
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
16 times ‘ ‘
Table 8-27 Description of DR28
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Unit
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Format
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Factory Setting
SIWAREX M
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Externally specified tare
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Weight
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
DINT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
DR24
Specified value,
analog output
DR26
String field 1
DR27
String field 2
DR28
Externally
specified tare
Descri
p
tion of the Data Records
8-16 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 8-28 Description of DR29
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Unit
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Format
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Factory setting,
SIWAREX M
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Inching time
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
msec
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
TIME
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1000
Monitoring time
(inching mode/reproportioning)
msec TIME 10000
Material flow monitoring time 1
(coarse)
msec TIME 3000
Material flow monitoring value 1
(coarse)
Weight DINT 2
Material flow monitoring time 2
(fine)
msec TIME 3000
Material flow monitoring value 2
(fine)
Weight DINT 1
Delay time for monitoring coarse
flow
msec TIME 2000
Delay time for monitoring fine flow msec TIME 2000
In reserve 6xDINT
2xWORD
0
8.3.4 Measured Values
Table 8-29 Description of DR30
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Unit
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Format
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Gross weight
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Weight
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
DINT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Net weight
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Weight
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
DINT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Tare weight
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Weight
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
DINT
Table 8-30 Description of DR31
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Format
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Status information 1 (bit-coded)
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
WORD
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Status information 2 (bit-coded)
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
WORD
In reserve WORD
DR29
Expanded propor-
tioning parameters
DR30
Weight values
DR31
Status
information
Descri
p
tion of the Data Records
8-17
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 8-31 Status information
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Bit No.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Scales adjusted
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Scales tared
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1/4d-zero
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
3
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Write protection active
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
4
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Source of data/time (0 = S7 or none; 1 = TD20)
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
5
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Limit value 1 active/inactive
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
6
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Limit value 2 active/inactive
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
7
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Limit value 3 active/inactive
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
8
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Empty message active/inactive
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
9
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Standstill
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
10
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Maximum load + 9 e exceeded
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
11
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Tare memory loaded with manual tare value (preset)
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
12
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Command could not be executed via external contact.
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
13
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Gross weight outside zero setting range
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
14
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Printing not possible
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
15
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Group error (hardware error)
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Coarse flow on
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Fine flow on
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Tolerance deviation +
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
3
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Tolerance deviation -
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
4
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Proportioning running
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
5
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Proportioning started. Wait for standstill.
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
6
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Proportioning aborted
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
7
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Proportioning finished (finished message)
8Reproportioning was activated.
9Material flow error 1
10 Material flow error 2
11 Material flow error, coarse
12 Material flow error, fine
13 Time monitoring for inching operation/reproportioning has been trig-
gered.
14 Operational error
15 In reserve
Table 8-32 Description of DR32
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Unit
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Format
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Gross more precise
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Weight
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
DINT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Net more precise
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Weight
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
DINT
Status 1
(General
status
information)
Status 2
(for proportioning
scales)
DR32
Measured values
more precise
Descri
p
tion of the Data Records
8-18 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 8-33 Description of DR33
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Unit
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Format
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Unfiltered raw value
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Digit
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
DINT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Filtered raw value
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Digit
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
DINT
Table 8-34 Description of DR34
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Unit
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Format
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
D/A converter value
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Digit
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
DINT
Table 8-35 Description of DR35
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Unit
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Format
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Optimized fine flow switchoff value
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Weight
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
DINT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
In reserve
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
4xDINT
In reserve 2xWORD
8.3.5 Other Functions
Table 8-36 Description of DR40
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Unit
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Format
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Factory Setting
SIWAREX M
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Gross weight of the last printout
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Weight
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
DINT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Net weight of the last printout
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Weight
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
DINT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Tare weight of the last printout
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Weight
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
DINT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Consecutive weighing number
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Weight
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
DINT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Date and time of the last printout
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Date and
time
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
DT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Setpoint of the last printout
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Weight
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
DINT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
Table 8-37 Description of DR41
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
Unit
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Format
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
Factory Setting
SIWAREX M
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Date
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Date
ÁÁÁÁ
DT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1990-01-01-00
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Time
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Time
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
DT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
00:00
DR33
Raw digit values
DR34
Analog output
value (for service
purpuses only)
DR35
Additional meas-
ured values
DR40
Print data of
last printout
DR41
Date and time
Descri
p
tion of the Data Records
8-19
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 8-38 Description of DR42
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Unit
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Format
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Factory Setting
SIWAREX M
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Type identifier
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
WORD
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
2243
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Program version
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
WORD
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Cur. version
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Switch positions (DIP switches)
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
WORD
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Cur. settings*
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
IN RESERVE 3
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
WORD
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
* Binary representation
Table 8-39 Description of DR43
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Unit
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Format
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Factory Setting
SIWAREX M
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Tare more precise
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Weight
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
DINT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Set to zero value more precise
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Weight
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
DINT
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Tare information (bit-coded)
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
See below.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
WORD
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
Table 8-40 Tare information
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Bit 0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
No manual tare (preset) value set (no external tare
specification)
Manual tare (preset) value set (external tare specification)
8.3.6 Diagnostic Information
Table 8-41 Description of DR51
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Unit
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Format
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Factory Setting
SIWAREX M
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Error information on external er-
rors, bit-coded *
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
WORD
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Error information on internal er-
rors, bit-coded *
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
WORD
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Error information on operational
errors, bit-coded *
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
WORD
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
* Bit number = Error number minus “1” in accordance with sections 11.2, 11.4 and 11.5
DR42
Type identifier/
program version/
switches
DR43
Tare and set to
zero more precise
DR51
Error information
Descri
p
tion of the Data Records
8-20 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
8.3.7 Print Layouts
Table 8-42 Description of DR80
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Unit
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Format
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Factory Setting
SIWAREX M
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Text 1
(80 characters, value 00 to FFhex)
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Char
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
See below.
Factory setting, text 1:
LF,D,a,t,u,m,TAB,TAB,U,h,r,TAB,TAB,M,a,t,e,r,i,a,l,TAB,TAB,V,e,r,w,.,SP,
N,r,.,TAB,N,e,t,t,o,g,e,w,.,TAB,SP,SP,B,r,u,t,t,o,g,e,w,.,LF,LF,F3,TAB,F4,TA
B,TAB,F6,TAB,TAB,F5,TAB,F1,TAB,F0,CR,EOT;
Table 8-43 Description of DR81
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Unit
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Format
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Factory Setting
SIWAREX M
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Text 2
(80 characters, value 00 to FFhex)
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Char
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
See below.
Factory setting, text 2:
F3,TAB,F4,TAB,TAB,F6,TAB,TAB,F5,TAB,F1,TAB,F0,LF,EOT;
DR80
Print layout 1
DR81
Print layout 2
Descri
p
tion of the Data Records
8-21
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
8.3.8 Communication
Table 8-44 Description of DR100
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Unit
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Format
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Number of data record request
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
BYTE
Table 8-45 Description of DR101
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Unit
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Format
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
No. for acknowledged data record
(0 for error type 60 hex)
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
BYTE
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Type of error
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
BYTE
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Error number
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
BYTE
Table 8-46 Types of errors in acknowledgment telegrams
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Selection Code
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
00hex
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
No error
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
40hex
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Handling error
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
50hex
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Data error
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
60hex
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Transmission error
DR100
Fetch telegram
DR101
Acknowledgment
telegram
Descri
p
tion of the Data Records
8-22 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Descri
p
tion of the Data Records
9-1
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Optional Components
Optional components are external devices such as remote displays, printers,
and so on.
The figure below shows how external devices can be connected.
Operator panel
Remote display
Printer
PC
PS S7-300
RS 485 TTY (X3)RS 232 (X2)
SIWAREX M
MPI bus
CPU
Figure 9-1 Connection of optional components
A remote display appropriate for verification can be connected to the TTY
interface (X3).
The RS 232 interface (X2) can be used to connect either a printer for logging
requiring verification capability, or a PC for commissioning purposes.
The telegram communication enables the SIWAREX M to recognize when a
PC is connected. During this phase, triggered print jobs are rejected with an
error message.
Overview
9
9-2 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
9.1 Connection of Digital Remote Displays
Digital remote displays can be connected to the TTY interface of the
SIWAREX M. The SIWAREX M contains an appropriate protocol for con-
nection of digital remote displays. All digital remote displays which support
this protocol and are equipped with a TTY interface can be connected to the
SIWAREX M. 4-digit, 5-digit and 6-digit remote displays are supported.
Note
The SIWAREX M contains a protocol for addressing digital remote displays.
It is the user’s responsibility to determine whether the digital remote display
chosen actually supports this protocol. Siemens AG accepts no liability for
damage caused by connection of remote displays.
The documentation of the remote display manufacturer must be adhered to.
30.100 kg
25.453 kg
50.00 kg
Display 1:
Gross value
Display 2:
Net value
Display 3:
Setpoint
Figure 9-2 Example: Connection of 3 digital remote displays to SIWAREX M
Introduction
Description
O
p
tional Com
p
onents
9-3
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
The following weight values can be represented on a digital remote display.
– Gross weight value
– Net weight value
– Setpoint
A setting on the remote display determines which of the weight values is rep-
resented.
If supported by the remote displays, the following information can also be
indicated.
– Unit of weight (g, kg or t)
– Status symbol for the 1/4d-zero (-0-)
– NET symbol (for tared scales)
– Scales standstill
When special operating states occur (e.g., the indication range of the remote
display is exceeded), the SIWAREX M sends appropriate ASCII characters
via the protocol. If the remote display can indicate these ASCII characters,
the special operating state is indicated on the remote display. See also char-
acter set used for display data, table 9-8.
Table 9-1 Special states
Indication Description
”_ _ _ _ _” The indication range of the remote display has been exceeded
(e.g., 345.546 kg cannot be shown on a 4-digit display).
”_ _ _ _ _” The maximum load of the scales was exceeded by more than
9 e (1 e = 1 digit increment). The maximum load of the scales
is parameterized on the SIWAREX M.
”E r r o r” The SIWAREX M reports a system error
(e.g., EEPROM error).
”_ _ _ _ _”
or
”≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡”
Timeout function for monitoring the serial connection for wire
break. This function must be included in the remote display.
The function is indicated differently depending on the type of
display.
Weight representa-
tion
Unit of weight and
status symbols
Special operating
states
O
p
tional Com
p
onents
9-4 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
The connection to the remote display is made with the free-floating TTY in-
terface of the SIWAREX M (15-way, sub D socket). The interface is unidi-
rectional (i.e., the weight values are transferred cyclically to the remote dis-
play(s).
Depending on the type of indication, several digital remote displays can also
be connected to the SIWAREX M.
Either the SIWAREX M or a remote display must be operated actively.
TxD+
(Pin 6)
TxD-
(Pin 7)
RXD-
RXD+
RXD-
RXD+
20mA/R
M/R
Display 1
(passive)
Display 2
(active)
SIWAREX M
(passive)
< 1000 m
(e.g., LIYCY 2x2x0.5mm2)
Figure 9-3 Connection of several remote displays
Table 9-2 Pin assignment of the TTY interface on the SIWAREX M
Pin Signal Name Explanation
2 RxD- Receiver data -
6 TxD+ Sender data +
7 TxD- Sender data -
9 RxD+ Receiver data +
11 20 mA/R Receiver power +
12 GND Ground
13 20 mA/T Sender power +
15 GND Ground
For pin assignment of the remote display, see the documentation of your remote display.
Connection of the
remote displays
Assignment of the
TTY interface for
the SIWAREX M
O
p
tional Com
p
onents
9-5
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Note
Pin assignment of the remote displays may differ depending on the manufac-
turer. For example, S+/S- is used for sender power, and TX+/TX-/RX+/RX-
is used for sender or receiver lines. Some remote displays use the 24 V con-
nection instead of 20 mA/R and GND instead of M/R since these types of
remote displays are equipped with constant current control which limits the
current on the TTY interface. For details, see the documentation of your
remote display.
When several remote displays are to be connected to the TTY interface of
the SIWAREX M, we recommend asking the manufacturer of the remote
displays whether this is possible.
4-digit, 5-digit and 6-digit displays can be connected to the
SIWAREX M. Selection of the display to be connected is made in DR8 via
SIMATIC S7 or via SIWATOOL.
The number of positions set applies to all remote displays connected to the
TTY interface.
Table 9-3 Selection codes for the TTY interface
Funktion SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments
S7
Stuktur name
Addr
No
Byte
Bit
Length
in
Variable name
Addr. No. Byte Bit in
bytes
Parameter for TTY interface TTY_PARA 180 8 0 - 2 WORD
Selection code
0 = No display*
1 = TD20
2 = Reserved 1
3 = Reserved 2
4 = SIWAREX driver
5 = 4-digit display
6 = 5-digit display
7 = 6-digit display
8 = Procedure 3964R
* Factory setting of SIWAREX M
When a digital remote display is connected to the SIWAREX M, settings
must be made on the remote display. The number of settings depends on the
remote display used.
For detailed information on the parameterization of remote displays, see the
documentation of the manufacturer of your remote display.
Settings on the
SIWAREX M
Settings on the
remote display
O
p
tional Com
p
onents
9-6 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 9-4 Settings on digital remote displays
Meaning Setting
Interface TTY
Data format 8-bit
Parity Even
Baud rate 9600 Baud
Protocol STX/ETX
Protocol response None
Ignore characters
(See protocol layout in table 9-7)
Ignore no characters for remote displays
with status indication.
Ignore one character for remote displays
without status indication.
Address length 2 positions
Address Gross value = 01
Net value = 02
Setpoint = 04
Timeout Example: timeout after 2 sec
Decimal point No decimal point is specified via remote
display.
Leading zeros Leading zeros are indicated.
Dimension
(only applicable to remote displays with
weight symbol)
No indication
Segment test If present on the remote display, segment
test should be enabled.
Depending on the remote display selected, the weight value can be indicated
with 4, 5 or 6 digits. When negative values are involved, the minus sign
takes up one of the positions.
Example of a 6-digit display with 3 positions after the decimal point:
Display range -99.999 to 999.999.
When the number range which can be represented is exceeded, this is shown
by ”- - - -”.
The following configurations should be avoided when representing gross or
net weight values since negative values cannot be represented.
Number range
which can be
represented
O
p
tional Com
p
onents
9-7
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 9-5 Representation of the decimal point positions
Remote Display Type Number of Positions
Configured after the
Decimal Point
Example
4-digit remote display 3 positions after the
decimal point
0.123
-0.123 cannot be repre-
sented since 5 positions re-
quired.
5-digit remote display 4 positions after the
decimal point
0.1234
-0.1234 cannot be repre-
sented since 6 positions re-
quired.
6-digit remote display 5 positions after the
decimal point
0.12345
-0.12345 cannot be repre-
sented since 7 positions re-
quired.
Only one decimal point position can be specified for all weight values. The
decimal point position can be specified via SIWATOOL or via the SIMATIC
(DR3, adjustment data).
The decimal point position is kept static. After a decimal point position has
been parameterized, it is transferred with the protocol. When several remote
displays are used, the decimal point position can be set individually on each
remote display by not specifying a decimal point position for the
SIWAREX M. The desired decimal point position must then be set directly
on the remote display.
An address must be set on each display (e.g., by using the appropriate para-
meterization menu of the display). The address determines the value to be
indicated.
Table 9-6 Possible settings
Address
ASCII coded 1)
Remote Display Data
01 Gross value
02 Net value
03 Reserved
04 Setpoint
1) Since the address is represented as ASCII characters in the remote display protocol, ad-
dress “02” corresponds to the ASCII characters 30h and 32h.
Position of the
decimal point
Addressing
O
p
tional Com
p
onents
9-8 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
When remote displays which can evaluate the scales status with byte 4 of the
remote display protocol (cf. table 9-7) and indicate status messages (e.g.,
NET), address 02 (i.e., net weight) must be set. If the scales are not tared,
the gross weight value is indicated. If the scales are tared, the net weight
value is indicated and the NET symbol lights up. 1/4d-zero is indicated as
status symbol -0-. When the maximum load is exceeded by 9 e, the weight
values are no longer indicated. If the scales are not at a standstill, this is in-
dicated by the symbol.
When the SIWAREX M is parameterized for the unit of weight (g, kg or t),
remote displays which can indicate the weight symbol display the unit of
weight.
The layout of the protocol will now be described. All digital remote displays
which can be connected electrically to the SIWAREX M and which can be
operated with the described protocol can be used with the SIWAREX M.
Description of the protocol
Data format: 8 bits, even parity, 1 stop bit
Baud rate: 9600 Baud
Protocol: STX/ETX without protocol response
Addressing: 2 bytes for addressing the displays
Status: Displays which cannot indicate NET status
and 1/4d-zero must ignore byte 4.
Unit of weight: Displays which cannot indicate a unit of
weight must ignore the related control
codes.
Remote displays
with status indica-
tion
Displays with
weight symbol
Protocol layout
O
p
tional Com
p
onents
9-9
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 9-7 Description of the string layout
Byte No. Contents Commentary/Example
4-digit
Display
5-digit
Display
6-digit
Display
HEX
(Ex.)
1 1 1 STX 02 02h
2 2 2 Address 30 2 digits, ASCII-coded
3 3 3 Address 31 (can be parameterized on
display)
444Status, NET ¼d-zero 4D
555 1st digit 35 Gross, net or setpoint
666 2nd digit 34
777 Decimal point 2C *1)
888 3rd digit 33
999 4th digit 32
Blank 10 10 5th digit 31
Blank Blank 11 6th digit 30
12 12 12 ESC 1B Selection of unit of weight
13 13 13 D 44 Selection of unit of weight
14 14 14 2 32 1=“g”, 2=“kg”, 3= “t”
0 = No scales standstill
15 15 15 ETX 03
*1) Position depends on the decimal point position parameterized for SIWAREX M.
If no decimal point is parameterized, the data string has one byte less.
If English is set as the language (DR3), the ASCII character is output for the decimal point (2Eh). Only applicable to
remote displays which differentiate between a comma and a point.
O
p
tional Com
p
onents
9-10 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 9-8 Character set used for display data
Character Hexadecimal Code Commentary
Digits 0 to 9 30 to 39 Representation of the digits
Minus sign ”-” 2D Sign for negative values
or
Maximum load of scales exceeded
Underline ”_” 5F For ”range exceeded” - indicated in
all character positions
Decimal point 2C/2E For German: 2C
For English: 2E
Blank 20 For blanking out characters
Letter E
Letter r
Letter o
45
72
6F
For error display:
“Error”
STX 02 Protocol control character for start of
data string
ETX 03 Protocol control character for end of
data string
ESC 1B Introduction of a control character
Status: NET
Status: NET and -0-
Status: -0-
No status
4E
4D
4F
20
Indication of the scales status
Digital remote displays from the company Siebert Industrieelektronik GmbH
can be directly connected to the SIWAREX M via the TTY interface.
Remote displays S11 and S310 can be used as remote displays appropriate for
verification. In addition to the weight value, both remote displays show sta-
tus 1/4e, NET and scales standstill on the display.
Remote displays which can be used:
-S10/SX10
-S11 (appropriate for verification)
-S30
-S70 (with option 97/16)
-S300
-S310 (appropriate for verification)
Siebert Industrieelektronik GmbH
Postfach 1180
D-66565 Eppelborn
Tel: +49 6806/980-150
Fax: +49 6806/980-111
Internet: http://www.siebert.de
Contact the manufacturer for detailed information.
Siebert remote
displays
O
p
tional Com
p
onents
9-11
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
9.2 External verifiable memory
Starting with firmware release 0122, an external verifiable memory can be
connected to the RS 232 interface. Connection of the verifiable memory is
designed especially for the ”Omniscale” unit from CSM GmbH.
The B protocol is used for communication with the verifiable memory.
2
5
33
5
2
SIWAREX M Omniscale
Sub – D
9pole pin Sub – D
9pole pin
X2
Figure 9-4 Connection cable X2-Omniscale
A 9–pin, sub D, plug connector (pins on both sides) is used for the connec-
tion to the SIWAREX M.
The interface uses the signals RxD and TxD. No other signals are required.
The interface is galvanically isolated (not floating) and thus nonreactive.
The protocol can be activated for the SIWAREX M with an entry in DR7.
The definition of the RS 232 setting in DR7 is shown in table 10.9.
Table 9-9 Parameterization of the RS 232 interface
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Bit-Nr.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Default setting
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Transmission rate: 0 = 2400 bit/sec; 1 = 9600 bit/sec
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Parity: 1 = even; 0 = odd
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1
3
4
Protocol: Bit 3: Bit 4:
XON/XOFF: 0 0 (Printer)
Proc. 3964R: 1 0
B protocol: 0 1
0
0
O
p
tional Com
p
onents
9-12 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Using SIWATOOL, the selection is made in menu item “Schnittstellen >
RS232”.
Figure 9-5 Selection of the B protocol
As with the printer protocols, the data to be saved are specified with SIWA-
TOOL in menu item ”Parameter” > ”Druckertexte”.
Figure 9-6 Selection of the data to be saved
OmniscaleManager substitutes 6 spaces for the tab characters.
Data selection for
storage in
Omniscale
O
p
tional Com
p
onents
9-13
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
After the B protocol has been selected, all printouts are sent to the Omni-
Scale device with the B protocol (or to the Alibi printer with the B protocol).
When problems occur during transmission (e.g., repeated protocol errors/ti-
meouts/SIWATOOL ...), external error 6 ”communication to RS 232 interface
faulty (arriving)” is output after the finished message of the proportioning
procedure when automatic printout is parameterized, for example. No further
proportioning procedures can be performed in this state.
In this error state, print commands are immediately rejected (e.g., printing
not possible since printer not ready).
When an error occurs, SIWAREX M cyclically checks to determine whether
the Omniscale device is ready for operation. As soon as the device is ready
for operation again, the error is reported as ”departing” and the scales are
ready for proportioning again. A print job which was triggered before can
then be executed with the ”REPEAT PRINTOUT” command.
In standby (i.e., nothing to be saved), the Omniscale device is cyclically
checked for readiness to receive. If not ready to receive, the ”printing not
possible” status bit in DR31 is set and arriving print jobs are rejected.
For a description of the device and other information, contact the manufac-
turer below.
CSM Computer-Systeme-Meßtechnik GmbH
Raiffeisenstraße 34
D-70794 Filderstadt-Bonlanden
Tel.: +49 (0)711 77964 0
Fax: +49 (0)711 77964 40
Internet: www.csm.de
Readiness check
Device-specific in-
formation
O
p
tional Com
p
onents
9-14 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
9.3 Printer
The following functions are available to the user when a printer is connected.
Logging (appropriate for verification) of the weight values with date/time
and consecutive number
Flexible configuration of 2 print texts via parameterizable ASCII strings,
fields and string fields
The RS 232 interface (X2) is available for connection of a printer.
Note
The printers can be used as printers with verification capability in accor-
dance with enclosure 1 of SIWAREX M qualification approval (certificate
no. D95-09-042). In addition, all printers with a CE seal can be connected.
If the application does not require verification capability, any EPSON-com-
patible printer with an RS 232 interface can be connected.
The XON/XOFF protocol is used as the printer protocol. The baud rate and
parity can be parameterized. The number of data bits is permanently set to 8.
The number of stop bits is permanently set to 1. The interface parameters of
the printer and the SIWAREX M must be identical.
Table 9-10 Interface parameters
Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments
S7/C7
Structure name
Addr
No
Byte
Bit
Length
in
Variable name
Addr. No. Byte Bit in
bytes
Transmission speed of the RS 232 interface RS232_PARA 178 7 1 0 2 WORD 0 = 2400 bit/sec
1 = 9600 bit/sec*
Parity of the RS 232 interface RS232_PARA 178 7 1 1 2 WORD 0 = Odd
1 = Even*
* Factory setting of the SIWAREX M
Introduction
Printer protocol
O
p
tional Com
p
onents
9-15
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
9.3.1 Connecting the Printer
The printer is connected to the SIWAREX M with a 9-way, sub D, plug-in
connector.
The interface uses the signals RxD and TxD. Other signals are not required.
The interface is galvanically isolated (i.e., not non-floating) and therefore
nonreactive.
2
5
3 3
7
2
SIWAREX M
Printer
< 15 m (e.g. LIYCY 2 x 2 x 0.2 mm )
2
9–way,
sub D pin
x2
25–way
sub D pin
Figure 9-7 Printer cable
Table 9-11 Pin assignment on the printer side
Pin Signal name Explanation
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
3
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
RxD
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Sending data
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
TxD
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Receiving data
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
7
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
GND
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Ground
O
p
tional Com
p
onents
9-16 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
9.3.2 Printer Functions
Three commands are available for triggering print functions. These com-
mands are “Print text 1”, “Print text 2”, and “Repeat print”. When the “re-
peat print” command is used, the last triggered print text with the latest
weighing data from the buffered RAM is repeated. When the print function
is triggered from the remote display, text 2 is always printed.
With the exception of “repeat print”, the 6-position, consecutive weighing
number is incremented (0 to 999,999) each time a printout is triggered. In
addition, the weighing data (i.e., gross weight, net weight, tare, setpoint, date
and time) are stored separately in the buffered RAM for the print repetition
function. After a buffer interruption (e.g., power failure lasting more than 72
hours), the data are set to zero.
When the SIWAREX M is used as proportioning scales, text 2 is automati-
cally printed (if parameterized) with the finished message.
If a print command cannot be executed, this is reported as a handling or op-
erational error.
The “printing not possible” status bit in DR31 can be evaluated so that a
printer fault can be determined during automatic printing after the finished
message of a proportioning procedure.
This bit is set by SIWAREX M when it is determined that printing is cur-
rently not possible. The bit is set even when a print job has not been issued.
Some possible causes are listed below.
The printer has sent XOFF (e.g., no more paper).
SIWATOOL is connected to the RS 232 interface.
The RS 232 interface is parameterized for the 3964R procedure.
Implausible characters are being received by the RS 232 interface.
If the printer is selected for the RS 232 interface, it is assumed after startup
or receipt of the parameterization that a functional printer in XON status is
actually connected. Once the XOFF control character is received, the “print-
ing not possible” bit is not cleared until an XON control character is received
again.
If another character (e.g., from SIWATOOL) is received while in XON status,
the “printing not possible” bit is set and not cleared again until at least 5 sec-
onds have passed since a character was received on the RS 232 interface.
Commands
Consecutive
weighing number
Automatic printout
Printing not
possible
O
p
tional Com
p
onents
9-17
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 9-12 Data for print function
Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments
S7/C7
Structure Name
Addr
No
Byte
Bit
Length
in
Variable Name
Addr. No. Byte Bit in
bytes
Print command
CMD
88
2
0
2
WORD
Selection code (decimal)
7 = Print text 1
Print command CMD 88 2 0 - 2 WORD
7 = Print text 1
8 = Print text 2
9 = Repeat print
Gross weight of last printout
PRINT_DATA
382
40
0
28
DINT
0
*Gross weight of last printout
GROSS
382 40 0 - 28 DINT 0*
Net weight of last printout
PRINT_DATA
386
40
4
28
DINT
0
*Net weight of last printout
NET
386 40 4 - 28 DINT 0*
Tare weight of last printout
PRINT_DATA
390
40
8
28
DINT
0
*Tare weight of last printout
TARE
390 40 8 - 28 DINT 0*
Weighing number of last printout
PRINT_DATA
394
40
12
28
DINT
0
*Weighing number of last printout
WEIGHING_NO
394 40 12 - 28 DINT 0*
Date/time of last printout
PRINT_DATA
398
40
16
28
DT
1990-01-01-00
Date/time of last printout
DATE_TIME
398 40 16 - 28 DT
1990
-
01
-
01
-
00
00:00*
Setpoint of last printout
PRINT_DATA
406
40
24
28
DINT
0
*Setpoint of last printout
SETPOINT
406 40 24 - 28 DINT 0*
Internal print buffer overflow
OPER ERR**
9 - 1 - 1 BYTE
Operational error 04
Internal print buffer overflow OPER_ERR** Operational error 04
Internal print buffer overflow
OPER
_
ERR
- 51 4 3 6 BOOL
Operational error 04
-
51
4
3
6
BOOL
Internal
p
rint buffer overflow
OPER ERR**
9 - 1 - 1 BYTE
Operational error 05
I
n
t
erna
l
pr
i
n
t b
u
ff
er
over
fl
ow
(task communication)
OPER_ERR** Operational error 05
(task communication)
OPER
_
ERR
- 51 4 4 6 BOOL
Operational error 05
(task communication)
-
51
4
4
6
BOOL
Print not executed since maximum load ex- Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Handling error 03
Print not executed since maximum load ex
-
ceeded
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 03
Print not executed since
p
rinter not read
y
Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Handling error 13
Print not executed since printer not ready
(XOFF)
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 13
Print not possible since printer not connected
Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Handling error 19
Print not possible since printer not connected
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 19
Print not executed since no standstill
Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Handling error 20
Print not executed since no standstill
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 20
Printing not possible
STATUS
332
31
0
6
6
BOOL
Status information
Printing not possible
PRINT_NOT_POSS
332 31 0 6 6 BOOL Status information
Automatic
p
rintout after
p
ro
p
ortionin
g
finished PROP_PARA
167
5
1
0
4
BOOL
0
*
Automatic printout after proportioning finished
message AUTO_PRINT
167 5 1 0 4 BOOL 0*
* Factory setting of SIWAREX M
** Message bit via indication word of FC SIWA M.
O
p
tional Com
p
onents
9-18 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
9.3.3 Print Layout
Two texts (80 characters each) which can be printed are stored in the
EEPROM of the SIWAREX M. This EEPROM is protected against data loss
caused by a power failure. The texts can only be configured via the
WINDOWS parameterization software package SIWATOOL or via a serial
interface to a host.
The print texts can contain printable ASCII characters
(examples: a b c 1 2 3 ( )....
and control characters; examples: HT (horizontal tabulator), LF (line feed),
CR (carriage return) ....
in the range from 0x00 and 0x7F. See the manual of your printer to deter-
mine which control characters your printer can handle.
The characters \1b start an ESC sequence and the character \ a control code.
Example for DR 215 printer: \1b!1: Bold on
\1b!0: Bold off
\1b3 : Italics on
\1b4 : Italics off
\0C : Form feed (FF)
In addition, placeholders (1 character) can be included in the print layout
(e.g., \fl for net weight) for various fields (e.g., weight values, date/time,
etc.).
The control character EOT (i.e., end of text) defines the end of the printed
text. This character is not sent to the printer.
Table 9-13 Possible fields
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Field Type
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Placeholder
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Field
Length
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Field layout_ (Example)
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Gross weight
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
F0 hex
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
15
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
_<634.50kg>_G__
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Net weight
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
F1 hex
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
15
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
__<234.5_t>_Net
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Tare weight
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
F2 hex
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
15
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
____<100_g>_PT_
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Date
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
F3 hex
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
8
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
05.27.94
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Time
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
F4 hex
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
5
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
13:05
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Weighing no.
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
F5 hex
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
6
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
123456
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
String field 1
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
F6 hex
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
16
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
String field 2
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
F7 hex
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
16
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
yyyyyyyyyyyyyyyy
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Setpoint
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
F8 hex
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
9
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
__9.999kg
Blanks are identified with “_”.
The decimal points of the weighing values are indicated as parameterized in
the SIWAREX M. If decimal point is parameterized as 0, no decimal point is
indicated. The type of weight is identified with an abbreviation: G for gross,
Net for net, T for tare, and PT for preset tare (manual tare).
Fields
O
p
tional Com
p
onents
9-19
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
When German is parameterized as the language, the gross weight identifier B
is printed. The date format changes from “month.day.year” to
“day.month.year”. The 24-hour time format is retained. The decimal point is
shown as a comma.
Two string fields with 16 characters each can be included in the print texts.
The contents of these two fields can be specified via the S7 interface or via
one of the serial interfaces. After a print job is triggered, these data are also
stored separately in case they are needed for a print repetition function.
These separately stored string fields cannot be read back.
Table 9-14 String fields
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Format
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Default
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
String field 1 (16 characters, values 00 to FF hex)
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
char
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
16 times ‘ ‘
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
String field 2 (16 characters, values 00 to FF hex)
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
char
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
16 times ‘ ‘
The standard setting of these two texts is shown below. The contents of the
fields are only examples. The factory setting is German texts.
Layout of text 1:
Datum Uhr Material Verw. Nr. Nettogew. Bruttogew.
27.05.94 13:05 Kakaop. 01 000123 <234,5kg> Net <634,5kg> B
Layout of text 2:
27.05.94 13:45 Kakaop. 01 000124 <300,0kg> Net <934,5kg> B
Format of text 1:
LF,D,a,t,u,m,TAB,TAB,U,h,r,TAB,TAB,M,a,t,e,r,i,a,l,TAB,TAB,V,e,r,w,.,SP,
N,r,.,TAB,N,e,t,t,o,g,e,w,.,TAB,SP,SP,B,r,u,t,t,o,g,e,w,.,LF,LF,F3,TAB,F4,TA
B,TAB,F6, TAB,TAB,F5,TAB,F1,TAB,F0,CR,EOT;
(Sum = 72 characters; TAB = 6 columns)
Format of text 2:
F3,TAB,F4,TAB,TAB,F6,TAB,TAB,F5,TAB,F1,TAB,F0,LF,EOT;
(Sum = 15 characters; TAB = 6 columns)
Language
String fields
Factory setting
Format of the
standard texts
O
p
tional Com
p
onents
9-20 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 9-15 Labelling
Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments
S7
Structure name
Addr
No
Byte
Bit
Length
in
Variable name
Addr. No. Byte Bit in
bytes
Language
ADJ_DATA
120
3
30
42
WORD
Selection code (dec.)
0 G *
Language
LANGUAGE
120 3 30 - 42 WORD 0 = German*
1 = English
Printing format 1
80
0
80
ARRAY
See description
Printing format 1 - - 80 0 - 80 ARRAY See description.
Printing format 2 - - 81 0 - 80 ARRAY See description.
String field 1
STRING FIELD
224
26
0
16
ARRAY
16 (
’
’
)*
String field 1 STRING_FIELD 224 26 0 - 16 ARRAY 16 (’ ’)*
String field 2 STRING_FIELD 243 27 0 - 16 ARRAY 16 (’ ’)*
Illegal language
Messa
g
e via indication words of
101
02
3
BYTE
Data error 17
Illegal language
Message via indication words of
the applications 101 0-2 - 3 BYTE Data error 17
* Factory setting of SIWAREX M
O
p
tional Com
p
onents
9-21
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
9.4 Ex-i Interface SIWAREX IS
An Ex-i interface must be switched between the SIWAREX M and the force
and pressure sensors when these sensors are located in potentially explosive
areas. The Ex-i interface SIWAREX IS is used for this purpose. This inter-
face can be used for both SIWAREX P, SIWAREX U and SIWAREX M.
!Danger
The safety of the potentially explosive area is dependent on this device.
Only qualified personnel may perform the required connection and installa-
tion work.
When the mounting and setup regulations for potential explosive areas are
not adhered to
D A N G E R O F E X P L O S I O N !
For details on the Ex–i interface, see the manual and the Ex certification.
Description
O
p
tional Com
p
onents
9-22 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
O
p
tional Com
p
onents
10-1
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
SIWATOOL - Description and Use
SIWATOOL is used to administer, generate and change configuration and
process data for the SIWAREX M. It is also used for adjustment and for trig-
gering weighing commands.
This program permits several scales to be processed at the same time.
However, only one set of scales can be parameterized online at the same
time.
When several scales are parameterized, the individual parameterization win-
dows of several offline scales and one online set of scales can be indicated
simultaneously on the monitor screen.
This makes it easy to adjust parameters of different scales to each other, or
compare them.
SIWATOOL runs under WINDOWS. It uses the typical WINDOWS environ-
ment and structure.
WINDOWS users will have no trouble using SIWATOOL. Its well-organized
pull-down menus make it almost self-explanatory.
The status of the scales (or one set of scales) can be used as a diagnostic tool
or for error diagnostics.
Purpose
Use
10
10-2 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
10.1 Installing SIWATOOL on PC/PG
The following prerequisites are required for the installation and use of
SIWATOOL.
WINDOWS: 95/98, WINDOWS NT, WINDOWS 200ß and
WINDOWS ME
Proceed as follows to install SIWATOOL.
1. Insert the installation floppy disk or installation CD (“SIWAREX M con-
figuration package”) in the drive.
2. Call the installation program.
Call SETUP.EXE.
SETUP.EXE is included in the SIWATOOL directory on the installa-
tion CD.
Prerequisites
Installation
SIWATOOL - Descri
p
tion and Use
10-3
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
10.2 Commissioning SIWAREX M with SIWATOOL
If your SIWAREX M is to be commissioned online, the SIWAREX M must
be connected to the PC or PG (i.e., programmer) with a suitable, serial inter-
face cable.
Call SIWATOOL:
Double click the program symbol in the WINDOWS program manager.
Or double click SIWATOOL.EXE in the file manager.
After SIWATOOL has been started, the serial interface used on the PC/PG
(e.g., COM1) must be set via the menu command “Setup > Choose inter-
face”.
The SIWATOOL language can be set under menu item ”Einstellungen >
Sprache.” The setting takes effect the next time the program starts up.
After the interface has been selected, a new set of scales can be set up via the
menu command “File > New”. The scales name and unit of weight must be
set. The numbers 0 to 16 may be used as scales numbers.
Notice
Every SIWAREX M can be addressed with scales number “0” regardless of
which scales number is assigned to it.
If, for example, the scales number “4” was assigned to a SIWAREX M, this
SIWAREX M can be addressed under scales number “0” and “4”.
On delivery, the scales number for SIWAREX M has been set to “0” at the
factory. This means that the scales number must always be specified as “0”
during initial commissioning. The scales number can then be changed later.
Figure 10-1 Dialog for setting up a new set of scales
Start SIWATOOL
Select interface
Language
Set up new
scales
SIWATOOL - Descri
p
tion and Use
10-4 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
The PC establishes communication to the SIWAREX M with the menu
command ”Kommunikation > Kommunikation aktivieren.” The message ”no
communication” disappears, and a measured value is indicated.
If the SIWAREX M has not been adjusted yet (i.e., Adj. LED = off), the mea-
sured value is still “frozen” (i.e., it does not change when the scales are
loaded).
Note
Even if the parity or baud rate of the RS 232 interface has been set incor-
rectly, SIWATOOL determines the correct interface setting automatically. If
communication cannot be established after 8 attempts, check the following.
The wiring
The COM setting (COM1, COM2 ...)
Is the interface used by a STEP 5 or STEP 7 package?
Activate
communication
SIWATOOL - Descri
p
tion and Use
10-5
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
The ”set to zero” and ”taring” scales commands affect the contents of data
record DR43 (i.e., tare value and zero setting value more precise). To ensure
that the current data record DR43 (i.e., tare value and zero setting value more
precise) is always stored when the scales parameters are saved to floppy disk,
SIWATOOL reads data record DR43 (i.e., tare value and zero setting value
more precise) cyclically in online mode from the SIWAREX M.
When communication is then established later with the SIWAREX M, it can
be specified (see figure) whether the “tare value and the zero setting value
more precise” value stored in SIWATOOL are to be transferred to the
SIWAREX M, or whether SIWATOOL is to use the “tare value and the zero
setting value more precise” value from the SIWAREX M.
Figure 10-2 Zero value and tare
Zero value and
tare
SIWATOOL - Descri
p
tion and Use
10-6 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
10.2.1 SIWATOOL Menu Tree
After a new set of scales has been set up, the main menu bar is displayed.
The main menu bar contains the following submenus.
File New
Open
Save
Save as ...
Close
Print
Print Layout
Printer Setup
Exit
Parameter General Setup
Adjustment data
Scales parameter
Proportioning parameter
Proportioning data
Print text
String fields
Interface Inputs/Outputs
Analog Output
RS 232C
TTY (20 mA)
Display Status
Status Proportioning
Control panel
Weight values
Weight values factor 10
Digit raw values
Firmware version
Error protocol 0 entries
Commands Weighing commands
Proportioning command
Print commands
Setpoint
Specify ext. Tare value
Analog output value
Zeroing
ext. Tare value valid
Taring
Delete Tare
Start/Stop
Communication Activate Communication
Finish Communication
Read data from SIWAREX
Write data to SIWAREX
Setup Tool bar
Status bar
Window Cascade
Tile
Arrange Icons
Help Content
Help about Help
About SIWAREX
Print Text 1
Print Text 2
Repeat last Print
SIWATOOL - Descri
p
tion and Use
10-7
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
10.3 Adjustment of the Scales
Before adjusting the scales, you should always know the number of positions
after the decimal point and the indication increment since both of these fac-
tors determine the available resolution (see also section 10.4).
Use the menu command “Parameter > Adjustment data” to access the ”Ad-
justment data” dialog.
If the parameterization of SIWAREX M differs from the SIWATOOL data,
you will be asked whether SIWATOOL is to accept the adjustment data of the
SIWAREX M.
Figure 10-3 Message when adjustment data differ
After “Ja” (Yes) or “Nein” (No) is activated, the “Adjustment data” dialog
appears. “Ja” and “Nein” appear if you are using the German version of
Windows.
Figure 10-4 Dialog on scales adjustment
SIWATOOL - Descri
p
tion and Use
10-8 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
When a new adjustment is to be performed, the default settings should al-
ways be loaded first (i.e., “Factory settings”).
The number of positions after the decimal point and the unit of weight should
then be specified since the format of all other entries is based on these two
factors.
As the next step, enter the adjustment weight and the maximum load. These
values are transferred to the SIWAREX by activating “Send”.
Note
Decimal points must be entered as “.” in SIWATOOL.
Adjustment with a test weight is described in detail in section 3.3.
Proceed as follows with SIWATOOL.
Empty the scales, and activate “Zero point valid”.
Load the scales with the test weight, and activate “Adj. weight valid”.
The adjustment digits “0” and “1” are not indicated by SIWATOOL until the
scales are in adjusted status (i.e., both the zero point and the adjustment
weight have been declared valid).
Theoretical adjustment is also described in section 3.3.
After the scales have been adjusted, you can then enter the remaining settings
such as filter, digit increment, and so on.
Clicking the “Send” button sends the settings entered with SIWATOOL to the
SIWAREX M.
In reverse, the parameters set in SIWAREX M can be sent to SIWATOOL by
clicking the “Receive” button.
New adjustment
Adjust with test
weight
Theoretical adjust-
ment
Other settings
SEND
RECEIVE
SIWATOOL - Descri
p
tion and Use
10-9
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
10.4 Important Notes on Settings in SIWATOOL
Language, decimal point and unit of weight only apply when a remote
display and/or printer are connected.
The unit of weight consists of any two ASCII characters. Changing the unit
of weight does not change the measured value itself.
The language set for the adjustment data of SIWATOOL refers to the repre-
sentation of weighing values on the TD20 remote display and the printer.
Table 10-1 Representation of the weighing values based on language
Language TD20 Printer
German 23,34kg (comma) 23,34kg (comma)
B for Brutto (gross)
Date: DD.MM.YY
English 23.34kg (point) 23.34kg (point)
G for gross
Date: MM.DD.YY
The weighing values are represented as fixed point numbers without decimal
point on the S7 bus and the serial interfaces.
Example:
If the decimal point 0.XXX is set via SIWATOOL, a weighing value is indi-
cated by SIWATOOL as 45.123kg for example, and as the fixed point number
45123 by the SIMATIC.
On the printer and remote displays, the weighing values are indicated the
same as by SIWATOOL.
The setting of the number of positions after the decimal point and the indica-
tion increments determine the resolution which will be available.
Table 10-2 Example
Adjustment
Weight
Measuring Range Digit Increment Resolution in g Resolution of
Measuring Range
100 kg 0 to 200 kg 11000 g 200 parts
100.00 kg 0 to 200.000 kg 11 g 200,000 parts
100.00 kg 0 to 200.000 kg 50 50 g 4,000 parts
Changing the decimal point later may mean that you will also have to make
changes on the SIMATIC side.
Unit of weight
Language
Decimal point
Resolution
SIWATOOL - Descri
p
tion and Use
10-10 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
10.5 Weighing Status and Weighing Commands
The status window can be used to view the weighing status of the
SIWAREX M and to trigger weighing commands.
Figure 10-5 Status window of the set scales
Functions of the function keys (from left to right)
1st function key: Set new weighing parameters
2nd function key: Load weighing parameters
3rd function key: Store weighing parameters
4th function key: Cut
5th function key: Copy to intermediate storage location
6th function key: No function
7th function key: No function
8th function key: Indicate program information
9th function key: No function
10th function key: Set to zero
11th function key: Tare
SIWATOOL - Descri
p
tion and Use
10-11
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
12th function key: Delete tare memory
13th function key: External tare specification (manual tare
= preset)
14th function key: Start proportioning with taring without
reproportioning
15th function key: Start proportioning with taring with
reproportioning
16th function key: Start proportioning with taring with
reproportioning in inching mode
17th function key: Start inching mode with taring
18th function key: Start proportioning without taring without
reproportioning (also continue a termi-
nated proportioning procedure)
19th function key: Start proportioning without taring with
reproportioning (also continue a termi-
nated proportioning procedure)
20th function key: Start proportioning without taring with
reproportioning in inching mode (also con-
tinue an aborted proportioning procedure)
21st function key: Start inching mode without taring (also
continue an aborted proportioning proce-
dure)
22nd function key: Terminate proportioning
23rd function key: Set analog output value
24th function key: Set external tare specification value
(manual tare = preset)
25th function key: Set proportioning setpoint
26th function key: Error report
The weighing status and the weighing value are displayed on the monitor
screen. You can switch between gross, net and tare weight.
SIWATOOL - Descri
p
tion and Use
10-12 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
10.6 Proportioning Window
Test proportioning can be triggered in the proportioning window.
Figure 10-6 Proportioning window of the set scales
In contrast to the “Parameter/Proportioning data” window, the “Proportioning
status” window shows the switch off points “Fine flow” and “Coarse flow”.
The “Parameter/Proportioning data” window shows the cutoff values of
“Coarse flow” and “Fine flow”.
Since the switch off points always take the set setpoint into consideration,
they deviate from the cutoff values.
Switch off point
Cutoff values
SIWATOOL - Descri
p
tion and Use
10-13
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
10.7 Scales Parameters
The “Parameter” menu is used to specify the scales parameters. The win-
dows and dialogs shown below are self-explanatory. The scales parameters
are described in detail in section 3.
Figure 10-7 The “Parameter” menu
We will now describe a few specific features of SIWATOOL.
The display of the operator’s console can be switched on and off with the
menu command “Display > Control panel”.
Figure 10-8 The control panel
The control panel is used to specify the prespecified values of tare, setpoint
or analog output.
Operator’s console
SIWATOOL - Descri
p
tion and Use
10-14 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
When a connected SIMATIC can change the specification values, the “Per-
manent update” option should be switched on. This gives you the capability
of registering changes to the specifications via the SIMATIC, for example.
When a SIMATIC is not connected, the “Permanent update” option should
not be used so that the measured values can be indicated at a high update
rate.
In online operation, SIWATOOL acquires and logs errors occurring on the
scales.
When error messages are waiting, the error report symbol appears in the main
window of SIWATOOL.
The online error report is displayed when this symbol is double clicked.
Figure 10-9 Online error report
The menu command “Help > About SIWAREX” can be used to read access
the firmware version of the SIWAREX M. The same applies to the software
version of SIWATOOL. Please read out the following information before
calling the hotline with technical problems.
1. The firmware version of the SIWAREX M
2. The software version of SIWATOOL
Online error log
Version informa-
tion
SIWATOOL - Descri
p
tion and Use
10-15
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Starting with version V4.1, SIWATOOL can also be used to configure
SIWAREX M modules with firmware status older than 0117.
The following information applies.
When an older SIWATOOL file (i.e., SKF file) is read, this file is con-
verted to a new format when stored. A file in this new format can no
longer be read by older versions of SIWATOOL (i.e., < V4.1).
When the “Module ³ Connect” menu item is used to activate communica-
tion with the SIWAREX M, SIWATOOL reads the firmware status of
SIWAREX M once. If some of the functions indicated by SIWATOOL are
not available on the SIWAREX M, this is indicated as shown below.
1. Buttons and menus are indicated in gray and cannot be selected.
2. Non-existing status messages are indicated in white.
3. The firmware version is indicated starting at which the function is
available.
The functionality of the SIWAREX M with firmware release starting at 0122
is not completely supported until version 5.5 of SIWATOOL.
Compatibility
SIWATOOL - Descri
p
tion and Use
10-16 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
1
3
2
Figure 10-10 SIWATOOL (version V4.1) in online operation with SIWAREX M (version < 0117).
SIWATOOL - Descri
p
tion and Use
11-1
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Error Diagnostics and Treatment
The SIWAREX M supports the user during commissioning and trouble-shoot-
ing with a structured diagnostic concept. The malfunction and error mes-
sages are divided into various classes of errors.
When an error causes the SIWAREX M to switch to FAULT operating mode,
no weighing, proportioning or print commands are possible. This operating
mode is retained until the fault has been corrected. An error acknowledg-
ment is not required.
In this state, a command is rejected with an error message. Reading and
writing of data records is still possible if the type of error permits.
Internal errors and external errors cause the system error status. The mo-
dule switches to FAULT operating mode.
Any proportioning procedures are cancelled. FAULT operating mode is ex-
ited automatically after the fault has been corrected (e.g., A/D converter, con-
trol level limit exceeded). An interrupted proportioning procedure is not con-
tinued again automatically.
!Warning
When errors and interference occur, suitable measures must be used to put
the system into a defined state.
General faults
11
11-2 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
The following table provides an overview of the various types of fault and
error messages and their differences.
Table 11-1 Types of errors
Type of Error Description Abbreviation in
the Error
Protocol of
SIWATOOL
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Data errors *
(section 11.1)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Plausibility errors which occur when pa-
rameters and prespecified values are trans-
ferred
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DF
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Handling errors *
(section 11.3)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Errors which occur while a command is
being executed
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
BF
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Operational errors
(section 11.2)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Errors which occur while a function is be-
ing executed during operation
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
BSF
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Internal errors
(section 11.4)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Hardware errors which are detected by the
module and which can be reported
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
IF
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
External errors
(section 11.5)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Errors of the connected periphery (hard-
ware errors)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
EF
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Other errors
(section 11.6)
Errors which do not fit into one of the
above mentioned classes
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
-
* These errors are only reported back to the interface which caused the error.
Asynchronous error messages are errors which are not directly related to a
weighing command or a data transmission.
Example:
Asynchronous errors Internal errors, external errors and
operational errors
(e.g., RAM error and load cell wire break)
Synchronous errors Handling errors and data errors
(e.g., illegal weighing commands)
Error classification
Synchronous
and
asynchronous
errors
Error Dia
g
nostics and Treatment
Asynchronuous
errors
Synchronuous
errors
11-3
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
11.1 Data Errors
Data errors are plausibility errors which occur during the transmission of pa-
rameters and prespecified values.
These error messages are output in DB-SIWAREX on the S5/S7 interface
after the FB/FC has been called.
These error messages are reported in the acknowledgment telegram on the
two serial interfaces (i.e., X2 and X3).
When a data error occurs, none of the data of this data record are accepted
and processing continues with the old data. A proportioning procedure which
is currently running is aborted.
Data errors are only reported back on the interface which caused the particu-
lar error.
Table 11-2 Data errors
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Error
No.
(Dec.)
for
S5/S7/
X2/X3
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Cause
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Corrective Measures
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
01
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Illegal limit frequency, digital filter
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
See section 3.2 for correct specification.
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
02
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Adjustment weight too small
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Use a larger adjustment weight (min. of 5% FS).
See section 3 for minimum adjustment weights.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
03
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Minimum step increment too small
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Only for scales subject to verification. Select larger
digit increment or smaller adjustment weight.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
04
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
External tare specification > maximum load or < 0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Enter permissible tare specification.
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
05
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Start command was not executed since setpoint <
switchoff value for fine flow.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Enter permissible setpoint or fine flow value.
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
06
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Start command was not executed since setpoint >
overfill limit value - gross weight.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Empty scales or specify smaller setpoint.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
07
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Start command was not executed since setpoint >
overfill limit value - tare weight.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Specify smaller setpoint, or empty scales and tare
again.
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
08
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Setpoint was not accepted since setpoint - net
weight < cut-off value for fine flow.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Setpoint modification during running proportion-
ing too small.
Specify larger setpoint.
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
09
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Start command was not executed since setpoint >
gross weight.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Select smaller setpoint.
Container contents insufficient for deduction weig-
hing
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
10
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Start command was not executed since setpoint >
tare weight.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Select smaller setpoint.
Container contents insufficient for deduction weig-
hing
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
11
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Distance adjustment points too small
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Use greater adjustment weight (min. 5% FS*).
* FS = Full scale measuring range
Description
List of data errors
Error Dia
g
nostics and Treatment
11-4 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 11-2 Data errors
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Error
No.
(Dec.)
for
S5/S7/
X2/X3
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Cause
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Corrective Measures
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
12
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Setpoint was not accepted since setpoint > overfill
limit value - tare weight (for fill weighing) or set-
point > tare weight (deduction weighing)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Setpoint modification during running proportion-
ing too large
Specify smaller setpoint.
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
13
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Specification > permissible number range
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Permissible number range exceeded
Example:
– Settling time < 0 specified
– Negative setpoint specified
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
14
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Illegal decimal point
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Specify correct decimal point.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
15
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Illegal identifier value
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Specify correct identifier value.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
16
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Illegal digit increment
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Specify correct digit increment.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
17
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Illegal language
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Specify correct language code.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
18
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Illegal command code
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Specify correct command code
* FS = Full scale measuring range
Error Dia
g
nostics and Treatment
11-5
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
11.2 Operational Errors
Operational errors are errors which occur while a function is being executed
during operation.
These errors are output in DB-SIWAREX on the S7 interface after the FC has
been called.
The current error states can be fetched with a fetch telegram for DR 51 on the
two serial interfaces (i.e., X2 and X3). The error numbers are indicated as bit
structures on the serial interfaces and not as codes. A bit number is assigned
to each error code so that errors of the same type which are queued at the
same time can be reported simultaneously.
Operational errors are reported on all interfaces.
List of operational errors
Table 11-3 Operational errors
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Error
No.
(Dec.)
for S7
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Error
No. for
X2,X3,
S5
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Cause
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Corrective Measures
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
01
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Division by zero
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Temporary error. If necessary, start
SIWAREX again (i.e., software reset). If er-
ror occurs again, call hotline.
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
02
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Internal counting overflow
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Temporary error. If necessary, start SIWA-
REX again (i.e., software reset). If error oc-
curs again, call hotline.
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
03
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Proportioning was terminated because limit
value 3 (overfilling limit value) was exceeded
or the zero setting or taring range was excee-
ded.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Empty scales and repeat proportioning if nec-
essary.
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
04
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
3
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Internal printer buffer overflow
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Temporary error (e.g., when a blank printer
text is sent). If necessary, start SIWAREX
again (i.e., software reset). If error occurs
again, call hotline.
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
05
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
4
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Internal buffer overflow
(task communication)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Temporary error. If necessary, start
SIWAREX again (i.e., software reset). If er-
ror occurs again, call hotline.
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
06
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
5
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Erroneous data transmission on interface X3
(TTY)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
- Check connection and wiring.
- Check shield connection.
- Remove external source of
interference.
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
07
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
6
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Erroneous data transmission on interface X2
(RS 232C)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
- Check connection and wiring.
- Check shield connection.
- Remove external source of
interference.
Description
Error Dia
g
nostics and Treatment
11-6 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
11.3 Handling Errors
Handling errors are errors which usually occur while a command is being
executed. When a handling error occurs, the desired command is not
executed. In addition, handling errors are reported when proportioning or
adjustment data are transferred while a proportioning procedure is running.
In this case, all data of this data record are rejected and a proportioning pro-
cedure which is running is aborted.
These error messages are output in DB-SIWAREX on the S7 interface after
the FC has been called.
These error messages are reported in the acknowledgment telegram on the
two serial interfaces (i.e., X2 and X3).
Handling errors are only reported back on the interface which caused the par-
ticular error.
List of handling errors
Table 11-4 Handling errors
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Err. No.
(Dec.) for
S5/S7/
X2/X3
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Cause
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Corrective Measures
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
01
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Adjustment data not permitted since proportion-
ing procedure is running
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Send adjustment data to SIWAREX M after run-
ning proportioning procedure has been concluded.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
02
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Adjustment command cannot be executed since
proportioning procedure is running.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Repeat adjustment command after proportioning
procedure has been concluded.
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
03
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Printing was not performed since maximum load
was exceeded.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Reduce load on scales until below maximum load,
and repeat the print command.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
04
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Tare command was not executed since no scales
standstill.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Wait until the scales come to a standstill.
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
05
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
“External tare specification valid” command not
permitted since proportioning procedure is run-
ning
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Repeat command after proportioning command has
been concluded.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
06
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Tare command was not executed since maximum
load was exceeded.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Reduce load on scales until below maximum load,
and repeat command.
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
07
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Data which are subject to verification were not
changed.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Write protection is activated.
If you really want to change data subject to verifica-
tion, deactivate the calibration switch (write protec-
tion).
The scales must be recertified by official authorities
after data subject to verification have been changed.
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
08
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Zero setting/taring range exceeded
(operation subject to verification)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Zero setting: Check object to be weighed for soil,
and clean if necessary so that the permissible zero
setting range of 2% (as related to the adjusted scales
zero point) is achieved again.
Taring: Increase gross weight
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
09
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Zero setting was not performed since no scales
standstill
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Wait for the scales to come to a standstill, and re-
peat zero setting.
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
10
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Waiting time of 5 seconds not adhered to
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Allow waiting time of 5 seconds between the com-
mand “zero point valid”, “adjustment weight
valid”, and “load factory setting”.
Description
Error Dia
g
nostics and Treatment
11-7
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 11-4 Handling errors
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Corrective Measures
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Cause
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Err. No.
(Dec.) for
S5/S7/
X2/X3
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
11
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Zero setting was not executed since scales were
not adjusted.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Adjust scales.
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
12
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Parameter assignment was not executed since
proportioning procedure was running.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Wait for running proportioning procedure to finish,
and repeat parameter assignment.
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
13
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Printing was not performed since printer was not
ready (XOFF).
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
- Printer not connected
- Printer offline
- No paper in the printer
- PC or host connected to interface X2
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
14
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Tare command was not executed since propor-
tioning procedure was running.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Wait for proportioning procedure to finish.
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
15
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Setpoint was not accepted since fine flow had
already shut off (after-running).
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Change of setpoint performed too late
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
16
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Zero setting was not executed since the propor-
tioning procedure was running.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Wait for proportioning procedure to finish.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
17
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Signal allocation for output not permissible
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Use permissible signal allocation.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
18
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Command allocation for input not permissible
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Use permissible command allocation
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
19
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Printing not possible since no printer is con-
nected
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
PC or host is connected to
interface X2.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
20
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Printing was not executed since no standstill.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Wait for scales standstill, and repeat print com-
mand.
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
21
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Command cannot be executed in this operating
mode.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Error message has been output (e.g., operational
error/internal error/external error) or an attempt was
made to start a proportioning procedure while the
BASP/OD signal was queued (function activated
via DIP switch).
Correct error, and repeat command.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
22
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Distance of adjustment points too small
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Repeat adjustment with larger adjustment weight.
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
23
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Start command not permitted since the propor-
tioning procedure is running
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Wait for proportioning procedure to finish.
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
24
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Proportioning data not permitted since propor-
tioning procedure is running
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Wait for proportioning procedure to finish.
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
25
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Proportioning parameter not permitted since pro-
portioning procedure is running
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Wait for proportioning procedure to finish.
26 Start command was not executed since net
weight > setpoint - fine flow switchoff value or
net weight > tolerance-minus limit
Correct setpoint.
Error Dia
g
nostics and Treatment
11-8 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
11.4 Internal Errors
Internal errors are hardware errors which have been detected by the module
and which can be reported.
These errors are reported on the S7 interface with a diagnosis alarm.
The current error states can be fetched with a fetch telegram for DR51 on the
two serial interfaces (i.e., X2 and X3). The error numbers are indicated as bit
structures on the serial interfaces and not as codes. A bit number is assigned
to each error code so that errors of the same type which are queued at the
same time can be reported simultaneously.
Internal errors are reported on all interfaces.
List of internal errors
Table 11-5 Internal errors
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Error
No.
(Dec.)
for S7
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Error
Bit No.
for
X2,X3,
S5
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Cause
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Corrective Measures
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
01
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
RAM error, read-write test
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Start SIWAREX M again (i.e., software re-
set).
If the error occurs again, contact hotline. If
necessary, the SIWAREX M may have to be
sent in for repairs.
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
02
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
RAM error, checksum test
(buffer malfunction)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
The maximum buffer time has been ex-
ceeded.
The RAM error is acknowledged by transfer
of DR43, and the fault state is exited.
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
03
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
EEPROM error, checksum test
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Start SIWAREX M again.
If the error occurs again, transfer the adjust-
ment and parameter data again. If the error
still occurs, contact hotline. If necessary, the
SIWAREX M may have to be sent in for re-
pairs.
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
04
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
3
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
A/D converter error during read-access
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Start SIWAREX M again.
The problem may also be caused by EMC
problems. It is imperative to adhere to the
notes in sections 2.1 and 2.2. (If the error oc-
curs again, contact hotline. If necessary, the
SIWAREX M may have to be sent in for re-
pairs.
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
05
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
4
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Watch dog error
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Start SIWAREX M again.
If the error occurs again, contact hotline. If
necessary, the SIWAREX M may have to be
sent in for repairs.
Description
Error Dia
g
nostics and Treatment
11-9
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
11.5 External Errors
External errors are hardware errors of the connected periphery.
These errors are reported on the S7 interface with a diagnosis alarm.
The current error states can be fetched with a fetch telegram for DR 51 on the
two serial interfaces X2 and X3. The error numbers are indicated on the se-
rial interfaces as bit structures and not codes. A bit number is assigned to
each error code so that errors of the same type which are queued at the same
time can be reported simultaneously.
External errors are reported on all interfaces
List of external errors
Table 11-6 External errors
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Error
No.
(Dec.)
for S7
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
Error
Bit No.
for
X2,X3,
S5
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Cause
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Corrective Measures
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
01
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Minimum voltage has been passed below on
the sense lines.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
The signal levels on the load cell input are in
nonpermissible range.
- Check connection and wiring of
the load cells (e.g., wire break).
Voltage drop on the load cell lines too great
- Line cross sections are insufficient, or lines
are too long.
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
02
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Control limit exceeded or passed below
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Measuring signal too great in relation to the
measuring range
- Poles have been reversed in the
load cell connection.
- Measuring range is too small.
- Wire break (see external error 01)
The problem may also be caused by EMC
problems. It is imperative to adhere to the
notes in sections 2.1 and 2.2.
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
05
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁ
4
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Interface remote display malfunctioning
(time monitoring)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Check connections and SIWAREX M -
TD20 link.
Check program module of the TD20 (e.g.,
correct position and right module).
Reset TD20, or reset SIWAREX M (with
software reset).
06 5 Communication to RS 232 interface faulty B protocol is selected, but the connection is
faulty.
Description
Error Dia
g
nostics and Treatment
11-10 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
11.6 Other Errors
Other errors are errors which do not fit the error classes previously men-
tioned. Examples include errors which can be deduced from the front LEDs
or errors which cause unusual behavior.
Various status and error message lamps are located on the left side of the
housing (see view of the front). These LEDs indicate various operating
states.
Eight additional status lamps are located on the right side of the housing.
They indicate the status of the DI/DOs and the 24 V supply. The LEDs are
permanently allocated to the respective input/output.
Table 11-7 LED allocation
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Position
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Color
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Labelling
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Cause/Status
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
LED 1
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Red
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
SF
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
System fault (internal or external error
has occurred)
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
LED 2
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Red
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
OF
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Operation fault
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
LED 3
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Green
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Scales verified
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
LED 4
ÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁ
Á
Green
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Standstill
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
LED 5
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Green
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1/4d zero
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
LED 6
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Green
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ADJ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Scales adjusted
Table 11-8 Description of the LED states
LEDs Cause/Status Corrective Measures
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
1
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
2
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
3
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
4
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
5
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
6
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
+
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
-
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
-
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
-
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
-
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
System error
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
See sections 11.4 / 11.5.
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
-
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
+
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
-
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
-
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
-
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Operational error
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
See section 11.2.
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
+
+
+
+
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
+
+
+
+
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
-
+
+
+
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
-
-
+
+
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
-
-
-
+
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
-
-
-
-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Program error
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Boot SIWAREX M again (soft-
ware reset).
Contact service if error occurs
again.
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
+
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
+
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
+
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
+
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
+
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
+
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DIL switch 3 = ON
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Set switch to OFF.
(ON is only for service and main-
tenance purposes.)
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
x
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
x
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
x
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
x
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
x
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
x
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DIL switch 4 = ON
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Set switch to OFF.
(ON is only for service and main-
tenance purposes.)
- LED off, + LED on, x LED flashing
Description
LED-related errors
Error Dia
g
nostics and Treatment
11-11
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table 11-9 Diverse errors
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Behavior
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Possible Cause
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Corrective Measures
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Digital outputs do not
switch through.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
The soldered in over-
load fuse for the digital
outputs on the
SIWAREX M is defec-
tive.
Short circuit on the
output
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Send in module for repairs.
Correct short circuit.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
24 V is present on X1
(24 V LED on), but no
other function
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Soldered in fuse on the
power supply PCB is
defective, or other
hardware defect.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Send in module for repairs.
List of
diverse errors
Error Dia
g
nostics and Treatment
11-12 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Error Dia
g
nostics and Treatment
12-1
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Technical Specifications 12
12-2 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
12.1 Interfaces
A function low voltage with intrinsically safe isolation (in accordance with
EN 60204-1, section 6.4, PELV) must be provided by the sys. voltage supply.
Nominal Voltage 24 V DC
Lower/upper limits, static 20.4 V/30.2 V DC (in acc. with DIN 19240)
Lower/upper limits, dynamic 18.5 V/30.2 V DC (in acc. with DIN 19240)
Noncyclic overvoltages 35 V DC for 500 msec at a recovery time of 50 sec
Maximum current consump-
tion
300 mA
Power loss of the module
(typical)
6 W
Switchon current surge
at 25° C
Max. of 4.5 A
Current consumption from S7-300
backplane bus
50 mA (typical)
Weighing accuracy in acc. with EN 45501 (nIND)
Certification as non-automatic scales, commercial class III
6000 d
Weighing accuracy with Ex-i interface SIWAREX Pi in acc.
with EN45501 (nIND)
6000 d
Class accuracy at 20° C + 10 K 0.01%
Update rate: 20 msec
Resolution: + 19 bits
(+ 524,000 parts)
3 measuring ranges: 0 to 1 mV/V
0 to 2 mV/V
0 to 4 mV/V
Permissible range of the measuring signals
(largest characteristic value set)
-41.5 to 41.5 mV
Max. distance of the load cell (verification capability) 1000 m (500 m)
Max. distance of the load cell to the Ex-i interface in Ex area
– for gas group IIC
– for gas group IIB
300 m
1000 m
Minimum measuring signal D uMin per d 0.5 mV
Load cell supply Voltage:
Current:
10.2 V DC, typical*
< 180 mA
Permissible load cell resistance without Ex-i interface: > 60 W
< 4010 W
Permissible load cell resistance with Ex-i interface: > 87 W
< 4010 W
Voltage supply,
24 V DC (X1)
Voltage supply
from the
SIMATIC S7-300
Load cell interface
Technical S
p
ecifications
12-3
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Monitoring of the sense inputs: 2.5 V
Hysteresis, 300 mV
Triggering time of the sense line monitor < 1 sec
Noise (band width of 10 Hz) 150 nV, typical
Common mode suppression, CMRR @ 50 Hz 200 dB, typical
Measured value filter
- (Digital filter, 4th order, critical attenuation)
- Switchable, average value filter
0.05 to 5 Hz
* Values apply to the output of the module
Step Response Response Time with Filters Disabled
From 10% to 90% 60 msec (3 measuring cycles)
From 0% to 100% 100 msec (5 measuring cycles)
0 mA is always output when the BASP signal (S7 CPU) is active. The BASP
function must have been activated for the SIWAREX M.
Output current range 1: 0 to 20 mA
Output current range 2: (20% reduced resolution) 4 to 20 mA
Typ. total error at 25° C: 0.15%
Typ. temperature drift 20 ppm/° C
Update rate: Approx. 350 msec
Load (incl. line resistance): < 600 W
Total temperature coefficient: + 75 ppm/K
Resolution 16 bits (65, 536 parts)*
* Resolution reduced by 20% for operating mode 4 to 20 mA
The signal status is low when DIs are not circuited. A low signal level is
always output on the DO when the BASP signal (S7 CPU) is active.
A free wheeling diode must be provided on the consumer when inductive
loads are present on the DO.
DI DO
Number 3 4
Nominal voltage 24 V DC
Potential isolation:
In acc. with IEC 1131, UL 508, CSA C22.0 no. 142
500 V
Voltage range, H signal: 15 V to 30 V DC
Voltage range, L signal: -3 V to 5 V DC
Step response
Analog output (X1)
Digital inputs (DI)
Digital outputs
(DO)
Technical S
p
ecifications
12-4 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
DODI
Input current (15 to 30 V): 4 to 13 mA
Switching frequency: Max. of 10 Hz
Nominal current: 0.5 A
Max. output current: 0.6 A
Max. cum. current 1 A
Potential isolation: 500 V
Voltage drop on the module 3 V
Switching delay: < 22 msec
Short-circuit proof: Yes
Baud rate: 2400 or 9600 baud
Max. distance: 15 m
Signal level: In acc. with EIA-RS232C
Max. loop current for external supply
(Must be provided by the user)
25 mA
Typ. loop current: 20 mA
Potential isolation (for external supply): 500 V
Baud rate: 9600 baud
Max. distance:
Caution: No potential isolation for own supply
1000 m
Own voltage: 5 V, + 5%
Max. external voltage, sender: Max. of 28.8 V
Voltage drop, receiver (typ.): 1.1 V
Voltage drop, sender (typ.): 0.5 V
Basic data (i.e., parameterization data and adjustment data) are backed up on
EEPROM memory safe from loss due to a power failure. Gold capacitors are
used to buffer the dynamic process data.
Since it is not equipped with a battery, the module is completely maintenance
free.
Buffering time of the data in the EEPROM 100 years
Permissible number of write accesses for
EEPROM
100,000
Typ. backup time of the process data at 25° C72 hours
Min. backup time of the process data at 25° C6 hours
MTBF SN 29500 > 20 years at +40° C
RS 232 interface
TTY interface
Data buffering
Reliability
Technical S
p
ecifications
12-5
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
12.2 Physical Requirements and Data
SF
ADJ
0
2
34
OF
X
7MH4537–3AD01
DI 1
DI 2
DI 3
DO1
DO2
DO3
DO4
130 mm 80 mm
125 mm
Weight: Approx. 600 g
Figure 12-1 Dimensions
Tests
Test Standards Test Values
Vibration stress
during operation
DIN IEC 68-2-6
DIN IEC 721, part 3-3
IEC 1131-2
Class 3M3
Test Fc
10 to 58 Hz: 0.075 mm displacement
58 to 150 Hz: 9.8 m/sec2
10 cycles per axis
1 octave/min.
Shock stress
during operation
DIN IEC 68-2-27
DIN IEC 721, part 3-3
IEC 1131-2
Class 3M3
Test Ea
150 m/sec2, semi-sinus
Duration: 11 msec
Number: 3 per axis
In neg. and pos. direction
Dimensions
Technical S
p
ecifications
12-6 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
12.3 Electrical, EMC and Climatic Requirements
Electrical Protection and Safety Requirements
Requirement Met Standards Remarks
Safety regulations EN 60204, DIN VDE 0113
IEC 1131, UL 508
CSA C22.2, no. 142
FM class I, div. 2
UL/CSA
The electrical protection and safety
requirements stated in UL, CSA and
FM are met. UL, CSA, and FM cer-
tification has been granted.
Protection class VDE 0106, part 1
IEC 536
Protection class I, with protective
conductor
IP protection class DIN 60529 (x.xx)
IEC 529
In S7 rack: IP20
SIWAREX M alone: IP10
Air and creep paths IEC 1131
UL 508
CSA C22.2, no. 142
Overvoltage category II
Degree of soiling: 2
PCB material IIIa
Printed circuit interval: 0.5 mm
Isolation test IEC 1131-2: 1992
CSA C22.2, no. 142
Nominal voltage: 24 V
Test voltage: 500 V DC
Fire resistance For open type controller:
IEC 1131-2: 1992, UL 508
Manufacturing materials SN 36350 (3.93)
Electromagnetic Compatibility
Remarks Standards Remarks
Burst pulses on current supply lines: DIN EN 61000 4 4
(DIN VDE 0843, part 4)
2 kV
(in acc. w. 90/384/EWG 1 kV)
Burst pulses on data and signal lines: DIN EN 61000 4 4
(DIN VDE 0843, part 4)
2 kV
(in acc. w. 90/384/EWG 0.5 kV)
Electrostatic contact discharge
(ESD)
DIN EN 61000 4 4
(DIN VDE 0843, part 2)
6 kV
Surge voltage on power supply lines DIN EN 61000 4 5
(DIN VDE 0847 T 4-5)
"2 kV unsym.*
"1 kV sym.
Surge voltage on data and signal
lines
DIN EN 61000-4-5
(DIN VDE 0847 T 4-5)
"1 kV unsym.*
Single, high energy pulse (surge)
Non-symmetric
DIN EN 61000 4 5
(DIN VDE 0839, part 10)
2 kV*
RF emission (electromagnetic fields),
10 kHz to 80 MHz
DIN EN 61000 4 3
(DIN VDE 0843, part 3)
Up to 3 V/m
RF emission (electromagnetic fields),
80 MHz to 1000 MHz
DIN EN 61000 4 3
(DIN VDE 0843, part 3)
Up to 10 V/m
(in acc. w. 90/384/EWG 3 V/m)
Technical S
p
ecifications
12-7
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Remarks Standards Accuracy
RF electrification
10 kHz to 80 MHz
IEC 801-6 10 V (mod: 80% AM with 1 kHz)
Interference suppression** EN 55011, VDE 0875, part 11 Class A
* Must be ensured via external protective components
** Additional measures are required (e.g., installation in 8MC cabinets) when used in residential areas.
The guidelines contained in part 1 of NAMUR NE21, and European guide-
lines 90/384/EWG covering non-automatic scales, and 89/336/EWG covering
emission and resistance to electromagnetic interferences have been complied
with for electromagnetic compatibility (i.e., EMC).
The SIWAREX M is designed for permanent use in SIMATIC S7-300 sys-
tems, protected from the weather. IEC 1131-2 describes the conditions of
use.
When used under particularly rugged conditions (e.g., high degree of dust,
presence of caustic fumes or gases, etc.), additional protection must be pro-
vided (e.g., encapsulation).
Climatic Requirements
Remarks Environmental Requirements Application Areas
Operating temperature:
Vertical installation in S7-300
Horizontal installation in S7-300
Operation requiring verification ca-
pability
-10° to +60° C
-10° to +40° C
-10° to +40° C
The standard S7-300 modules may
not be operated at temperatures of
under 0° C.
Storage and transportation tempera-
ture
-40° to +70° C
Relative humidity 5 to 95% Without condensation. Corresponds
to relative humidity degree 2 in acc.
with DIN IEC 1131-2.
Air pressure during operation 795 to 1080 hPa Corresponds to a height of
(-1000 to 1500 m above sea level)
Air pressure during storage 660 to 1080 hPa Corresponds to a height of
(-1000 to 3500 m above sea level)
Pollution concentration SO2: < 0.5 ppm
H2S: < 0.1 ppm
Rel. hum. < 60%, no condensation
EMC
Environmental
requirements
Technical S
p
ecifications
12-8 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
12.4 Potential Isolation
100K
100K
24V supply
X1 Pin 1/2
Digital outputs
X1 Pin 3-8
Digital inputs
X1 Pin 9-12
Analog outputs
X1 Pin 13/14
Load cell
X1 Pin 15-20
RS232 interface
X2
TTY interface
X3
S7 bus interface
*1)
*2)*2)
*2)
*1) Galvanic isolation (potential isolation) only for external power supply
*2) No galvanic isolation (potential non-isolation via 100 kOhm resistor)
Technical S
p
ecifications
13-1
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Sales/Hotline/Repairs/Replacement Parts/
Training/Internet
Siemens AG
A&D PI 14
Tel: +49 (0)721 595 2811
Fax: +49 (0)721 595 2901
Contact your Siemens representative at your local or national branch.
Information available under Internet address
http://www.siwarex.de/
Product information
Training courses
Infromation on current software states
Hotline
Repairs/
replacement parts
Internet
13
13-2 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Sales
/
Hotline
/
Re
p
airs
/
Re
p
lacement Parts
/
Trainin
g/
Internet
Index-1
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Index
Numbers
3964R, 7-3
A
Acknowledgment telegram, 8-21
Active backplane bus, 6-2
Adjustment, 3-4
Adjustment data, 3-40, 8-7
Adjustment digit, 3-4
Alarm processing, 5-30
Analog Output, 3-47
Analog output, 2-9, 2-17, 8-14
Analog output (X1), 12-3
Analog output connection, 2-17
Analog output value, 8-18
Analog/digital converter, 3-2
Application mailboxes, 5-12
Asynchronous errors, 5-9, 5-18
Automatic printout, 9-16
Automatic Reproportioning, 3-28
Automatic scales, 2-24
Automatic zero point offset, 3-4, 3-13
B
Background processing (S7/C7), 5-29
BASP, 2-4, 2-5
Buffer malfunction, 5-20
Built-in elements, 1-8
Bus connector, 2-6
C
Calculation, 3-15
Calibration, 3-2
Calibration switch, 2-4
Central integration, S7-300, 5-1
Certification (verification), 2-24
Certification of the SIWAREX M, 2-24
Characteristic value, 3-4
Climatic Requirements, 12-7
Commands, 9-16
Communication, 4-4, 8-2
Communication, S7/C7, 5-4
Components, 1-8
Configuration package, S7/C7, 5-2
Configurator, 4-2
Connection diagram for load cells, 2-12
Connection elements, 2-9
Connection of load cells, 2-12
Connection of remote displays, 9-4
Connection, analog output, 2-17
Connection, digital inputs, 2-16
Connection, digital outputs, 2-14
Connection, load cells, 2-11
Connection, RS 232 interface, 2-18
Connection, TTY interface, 2-19
Consecutive weighing number, 9-16
Control character (printer), 9-18
CP 342-5, 6-1
CP 443-5, 6-1
Current output, 2-17, 3-47
D
Data backup, 3-39
Data buffering, 12-4
Data errors, 11-3
Data records, 4-3, 5-9
Date, 3-41, 8-18
DB-ARB, 5-6
DB-ARB (S7/C7), 5-28
DB-SIWAREX, 5-6, 5-21
DB-SIWAREX (S7/C7), 5-21
DB-VECTOR, 5-6
DB-VECTOR (S7/C7), 5-28
Decimal place, 3-4
Deduction weighing, 1-10, 3-23
Default values, 3-41
Diagnostic alarm, 5-19
Diagram, 3-25
Digit increment, 3-11
Digit increment indication, 3-11
Digital filter, 3-3
Digital inputs, 2-9, 2-16, 3-43, 12-3
Digital outputs, 2-9, 2-14, 3-45, 12-3
Dimensions, 12-5
DIP switch, 2-5, 11-10
Index-2 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Distributed link, 6-1
Diverse errors, 11-11
DR0, 8-4
DR1, 8-5
DR100, 8-21
DR101, 8-21
DR2, 8-6
DR22, 8-14
DR23, 8-14
DR24, 8-15
DR26, 8-15
DR27, 8-15
DR28, 8-15
DR29, 8-16
DR3, 8-7
DR30, 8-16
DR31, 8-16
DR32, 8-17
DR33, 8-18
DR34, 8-18
DR35, 8-18
DR4, 8-9
DR40, 8-18
DR41, 8-18
DR42, 8-19
DR43, 8-19
DR5, 8-9
DR51, 8-19
DR6, 8-10
DR7, 8-13
DR8, 8-13
DR80, 8-20
DR81, 8-20
DR9, 8-14
E
EMC, 12-7
Empty message, 3-19
EN/ENO (S7/C7), 5-11
Environmental requirements, 12-7
Equipotential bonding conductor, 2-11
Error classification, 11-2
Error diagnosis, 11-1
Evaluation device, 1-8
Ex-i interface, 2-11, 9-21
External devices, 9-1
External errors, 11-1, 11-9
External errors (S7/C7), 5-19
External verifiable memory, 9-11
F
FC 41, 5-8
FC SIWA-M, 5-8
Features, 1-3
Fetch telegram, 8-21
Fields, 9-18
Fill level scales, 1-9
Fill weighing, 1-10, 3-23, 3-25
Filtering, 3-3
Finished message, 3-23
Format of the standard texts, 9-19
Front, 2-9
Front plug connector, 2-10
Function overview, 1-9
Functions, 3-1
G
Galvanic isolation, 12-8
Gross weight, 3-15
H
Handling errors, 11-6
Host system, 4-1, 7-1
Host system, link to, 4-2
Hotline, 13-1
Hysteresis, 3-17
I
I/O bus, 2-3
I/O input byte, 5-43
I/O output byte, 5-44
IM 153-1 (on S7/C7), 6-1
Inching Mode, 3-27
Indication and connection elements, 2-9
Indication values, 3-11
Indication word, 5-9
Industrial scales, 1-8
Inspection seal, 2-25
Installation, 10-2
Interface parameters, 8-13
Internal errors, 11-1, 11-8
Internal errors (S7/C7), 5-19
Internet, 13-1
Introduction, 1-2
Index
Index-3
SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
J
Junction box, 1-8, 2-12
L
Labelling, 2-10
LED, 2-21
LED color, 2-9
LED test, 2-21
LED-related errors, 11-10
Life bit monitoring (S7/C7), 5-18
Limit values, 3-17
Link, 2-23, 7-1
Load bearing implement, 1-8
Load cell, 1-8, 2-9
Load cell connection, 2-11
M
Malfunctions, 11-1
Material Flow Monitoring, 3-31
Maximum limit value, 3-17
Maximum scales load, 3-17
Mean value filter, 3-3
Measured value acquisition, 3-2
Measured values, expanded, 8-16
Measured values, more precise, 8-17
Measuring values, 4-4, 8-2
Meßwertauswahl, 5-44
Minimum adjustment weight, 3-5
Mounting, how to, 2-6
Multi-processor operation, 6-2
N
Net weight, 3-15
Non-automatic scales, 2-24
O
OB101, 6-1
OB82, 5-19
OD, Outpur Disable, 2-4
Operational errors, 11-5
Operational errors (S7/C7), 5-18
Operator control, 10-1
Optimization function, 3-33
Overfill limit value, 3-17
Overview, weighing functions, 1-9
P
Parameter assignment, 2-22
Parameter assignment, methods of, 2-22
Parameterization function, 3-43
Periphery, 1-7
Placeholder, 9-18
Potentialplan, 12-8
Power failure, 3-39
Power supply, 2-9
Primary components, 1-8
Print data, 8-18
Print functions, 9-16
Print layout, 4-4, 8-2, 8-20, 9-18
Print logs, 3-41
Printer, 9-1, 9-14
Printer cable, 9-15
Printer protocol, 9-14
Printout, 9-16
Process alarms, 5-30
Process data, 4-3, 8-1
Proportioning data, 8-14
Proportioning functions, 3-23
Proportioning monitoring, 3-32
Proportioning parameters, 8-9
Proportioning procedure, 3-24
Proportioning, interruption of, 3-24
Q
Qualified personnel, 2-1
R
Raw digit values, 8-18
Raw measured value, 3-3
READ_DATA, 5-12
Readjustment, 3-6
Reliability, 12-4
Remote displays, 9-2, 9-4
Repair, 13-1
Replacement parts, 13-1
Reproportioning , 3-27, 3-28
Resolution, 3-11
RS 232 interface, 2-18, 12-4
RS 232 interface (driver), 7-6
S
S7 interface, 2-3
Index
Index-4 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
S7-300, central, 5-1
S7-300/400, decentral, 6-1
S7-400, 6-1
Safety precautions, 2-1, 2-3
Sample application, 5-33
Sample application (S7/C7), 5-33
Sample program (S7/C7), 5-33
Scale interval, 3-11
Scales parameters, 8-9
Scales standstill, 3-21, 3-23
Screw terminals, 2-11
Self test, 3-38
Setpoint, 8-14
Setpoint modification, 3-24
Setting data, 4-3, 8-1
Setting elements, 2-4
Setting functions, 2-5
Setting to zero, 3-13
Settling time, 3-21
SETUP (S7/C7), 5-2
Setup of the weighing system, 1-8
Shield holder element, 2-6
Shield terminal, 2-6, 2-8
Side view, 2-25
Signal modules, 2-3
SIMATIC S7-300, 4-2
Single-component scales, 1-10
SIWAREX driver, 7-2
SIWAREX IS, 9-21
SIWAREX M, 1-3
SIWATOOL, 10-1
SIWATOOL, installation of, 10-2
Slot, 2-3
Special case, 3-19
Specified value, analog output, 8-15
Standards, 12-6
Standstill monitoring, 3-21
Standstill time, 3-21
Standstill value, 3-21
Startup behavior (S7/C7), 5-30
Status lamps, 2-9
Step response, 12-3
String fields, 8-15, 9-19
Switch, DIP, 2-5
Switchoff value, 3-17
Switchon value, 3-17
Synchronous errors, 5-9, 5-16
System configuration, 2-22
System integration, overview, 1-4
T
Tare information, 8-19
Tare specification, 3-15
Tare, externally specified, 8-15
Taring, 3-15
Technical Specifications, 12-1
Telegram header, 7-2, 7-3
Telegram layout (SIWAREX driver), 7-2
Temperature influences, 3-13
Test values, 12-5
Theoretical adjustment, 3-7
Time, 3-41, 8-18
Time monitorung, 3-30
Tolerance check, 3-21
TTY interface, 2-19, 12-4
TTY interface (driver), 7-5
Type identifier, 8-19
U
Update rate, 3-41
V
Verification, 2-24
Verification label, 2-24
Verification stamp, 2-25
Visual inspection, 2-20
Voltage supply, 12-2
W
Weighing functions, overview, 1-9
Weighing system setup, 1-8
Weight calculation, 3-4
Weight values, 8-16
Wiring, rules for, 2-8
Write protection, 2-5, 2-24, 3-40
WRITE_COMMAND, 5-17
WRITE_DATA, 5-12
X
XON/XOFF protocol, 9-14
Z
Zero point, 3-13
Zero point offset, 3-13
Index